PRU GAS Port
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 419 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 420 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 422 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 423 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 424 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 425 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 426 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 427 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 428 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 429 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 430 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 431 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 432 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 433 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 434 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 435 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
436 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
437 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 438 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 439 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
440@end ifset
441@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
442
443@emph{Target MMIX options:}
444 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
445 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
446 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 447 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 448@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
449@ifset NIOSII
450
451@emph{Target Nios II options:}
452 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
453 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
454@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
455@ifset NDS32
456
457@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
458 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
459 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
460 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
464 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
465 [@b{-mb2bb}]
466@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
467@ifset PDP11
468
469@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
470 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
471 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 472 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
473@end ifset
474@ifset PJ
475
476@emph{Target picoJava options:}
477 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
478@end ifset
479@ifset PPC
480
481@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
483 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
484 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 485 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 486 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
487 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
488 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 489 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 490 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
491 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
492 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 493 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 494 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 495@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
496@ifset PRU
497
498@emph{Target PRU options:}
499 [@b{-link-relax}]
500 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
501 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
502@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
503@ifset RL78
504
505@emph{Target RL78 options:}
506 [@b{-mg10}]
507 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
508@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
509@ifset RX
510
511@emph{Target RX options:}
512 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 513 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
514 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
515 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
516 [@b{-mpid}]
517 [@b{-mrelax}]
518 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
519 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 520@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
521@ifset RISCV
522
523@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
2922d21d
AW
524 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
525 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
4f7eddc4 526@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
527@ifset S390
528
529@emph{Target s390 options:}
530 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
531 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
532 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
533@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
534@ifset SCORE
535
536@emph{Target SCORE options:}
537 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
538 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
539 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
540 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
541@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
542@ifset SPARC
543
544@emph{Target SPARC options:}
545@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
546 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
547 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
548 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
549 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
550 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
551 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
552 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
553 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
554 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
555 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
556 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
557 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
558 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 559 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 560 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
561@end ifset
562@ifset TIC54X
563
564@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 565 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
566 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
567@end ifset
40b36596
JM
568@ifset TIC6X
569
570@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
571 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
572 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
573 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 574@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
575@ifset TILEGX
576
577@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 578 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
579@end ifset
580@ifset TILEPRO
581@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
582@end ifset
b6605ddd 583@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 584
b6605ddd
EB
585@emph{Target Visium options:}
586 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
587@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
588@ifset XTENSA
589
590@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
591 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
592 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
593 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
594 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
595 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 596 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 597@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
598@ifset Z80
599
600@emph{Target Z80 options:}
601 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
602 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
603 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
604 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
605 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
606 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
607 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
608@end ifset
a4fb0134 609@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 610
a4fb0134 611@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 612@end ifset
e0001a05 613
0285c67d 614@c man end
252b5132
RH
615@end smallexample
616
0285c67d
NC
617@c man begin OPTIONS
618
a4fb0134 619@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 620@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 621
83f10cb2 622@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
623Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
624
a4fb0134 625@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
626@item -ac
627omit false conditionals
628
629@item -ad
630omit debugging directives
631
83f10cb2
NC
632@item -ag
633include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
634
252b5132
RH
635@item -ah
636include high-level source
637
638@item -al
639include assembly
640
641@item -am
642include macro expansions
643
644@item -an
645omit forms processing
646
647@item -as
648include symbols
649
650@item =file
651set the name of the listing file
652@end table
653
654You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
655listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
656the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
657
caa32fe5 658@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
659Begin in alternate macro mode.
660@ifclear man
661@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
662@end ifclear
caa32fe5 663
955974c6 664@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
665Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
666ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
667linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
668given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 669
151411f8
L
670@ifset ELF
671@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
672@item --compress-debug-sections=none
673@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
674@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
675@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
676These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
677@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
678@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
679@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 680@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 681@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
682@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
683sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
684@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
685@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
686
151411f8
L
687@end ifset
688
955974c6 689@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
690Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
691targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
692override this.
955974c6 693
252b5132
RH
694@item -D
695Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
696other assemblers.
697
3d6b762c
JM
698@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
699When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
700information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
701
252b5132
RH
702@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
703Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
704@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
705indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
706value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
707use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
708
709@item -f
710``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
711compiler output).
712
329e276d
NC
713@item -g
714@itemx --gen-debug
715Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
716debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
717ECOFF or DWARF2.
718
252b5132
RH
719@item --gstabs
720Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
721may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
722
05da4302
NC
723@item --gstabs+
724Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
725extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
726debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
727may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
728the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
729
329e276d 730@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 731Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 732may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 733option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 734
b40bf0a2
NC
735@item --gdwarf-sections
736Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
737.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
738corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
739will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
740@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
741then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
742suffix.
743
b8871f35 744@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
745@item --size-check=error
746@itemx --size-check=warning
747Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
748
b8871f35
L
749@item --elf-stt-common=no
750@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
751These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
752symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
753by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
754@end ifset
755
252b5132
RH
756@item --help
757Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
758
ea20a7da
CC
759@item --target-help
760Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
761
252b5132
RH
762@item -I @var{dir}
763Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
764
765@item -J
766Don't warn about signed overflow.
767
768@item -K
769@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
770This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
771@end ifclear
772@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
773Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
774@end ifset
775
776@item -L
777@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
778Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
779system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
780or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
781@ifclear man
782@xref{Symbol Names}.
783@end ifclear
252b5132 784
c3a27914
NC
785@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
786Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
787listing to @var{number}.
788
789@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
790Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
791lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
792
793@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
794Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
795@var{number} bytes.
796
797@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
798Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
799to @var{number} + 1.
800
2edb36e7
NC
801@item --no-pad-sections
802Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
803of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
804which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
805
252b5132 806@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 807Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
808
809@item -R
810Fold the data section into the text section.
811
d60646b9 812@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
813Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
814@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
815assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
816memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
817requirements at the expense of speed.
818
819@item --reduce-memory-overheads
820This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
821assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
822@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
823
451133ce
NP
824@ifset ELF
825@item --sectname-subst
826Honor substitution sequences in section names.
827@ifclear man
828@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
829@end ifclear
830@end ifset
831
252b5132
RH
832@item --statistics
833Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
834assembly.
835
836@item --strip-local-absolute
837Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
838
839@item -v
840@itemx -version
a4fb0134 841Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
842
843@item --version
a4fb0134 844Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
845
846@item -W
2bdd6cf5 847@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
848Suppress warning messages.
849
2bdd6cf5
GK
850@item --fatal-warnings
851Treat warnings as errors.
852
853@item --warn
854Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
855
252b5132
RH
856@item -w
857Ignored.
858
859@item -x
860Ignored.
861
862@item -Z
863Generate an object file even after errors.
864
865@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
866Standard input, or source files to assemble.
867
868@end table
2a633939
JM
869@c man end
870
a06ea964
NC
871@ifset AARCH64
872
873@ifclear man
874@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
875for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
876@end ifclear
877
878@ifset man
879@c man begin OPTIONS
880The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
88164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
882@c man end
883@c man begin INCLUDE
884@include c-aarch64.texi
885@c ended inside the included file
886@end ifset
887
888@end ifset
889
2a633939
JM
890@ifset ALPHA
891
892@ifclear man
893@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
894for an Alpha processor.
895@end ifclear
896
897@ifset man
898@c man begin OPTIONS
899The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
900processor.
901@c man end
902@c man begin INCLUDE
903@include c-alpha.texi
904@c ended inside the included file
905@end ifset
906
907@end ifset
252b5132 908
2a633939 909@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 910@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
911The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
912processor.
252b5132 913
a4fb0134 914@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 915@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
916This option selects the core processor variant.
917@item -EB | -EL
918Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
919@item -mcode-density
920Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
921@end table
922@end ifset
923
924@ifset ARM
925The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
926processor family.
927
a4fb0134 928@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 929@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 930Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 931@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 932Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 933@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 934Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
935@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
936Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
937@item -mthumb
938Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 939@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
940Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
941@item -EB | -EL
942Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
943@item -mthumb-interwork
944Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
945ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
946@item -mccs
947Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
948@item -k
949Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
950@end table
951@end ifset
635fb38d 952@c man end
252b5132 953
9982501a 954@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
955
956@ifclear man
957@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
958configured for the Blackfin processor family.
959@end ifclear
960
961@ifset man
962@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
963The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
964the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
965@c man end
966@c man begin INCLUDE
967@include c-bfin.texi
968@c ended inside the included file
969@end ifset
9982501a 970
9982501a
JZ
971@end ifset
972
635fb38d 973@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
974@ifset CRIS
975See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
976@end ifset
977
252b5132
RH
978@ifset D10V
979The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
980a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 981@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
982@cindex D10V optimization
983@cindex optimization, D10V
984@item -O
985Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
986@end table
987@end ifset
988
989@ifset D30V
990The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
991processor.
a4fb0134 992@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
993@cindex D30V optimization
994@cindex optimization, D30V
995@item -O
996Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
997
998@cindex D30V nops
999@item -n
1000Warn when nops are generated.
1001
1002@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1003@item -N
1004Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1005@end table
1006@end ifset
731caf76
L
1007@c man end
1008
cfb8c092
NC
1009@ifset EPIPHANY
1010The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1011Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1012
56b13185
JR
1013@ifclear man
1014@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1015configured for an Epiphany processor.
1016@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1017
56b13185
JR
1018@ifset man
1019@c man begin OPTIONS
1020The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1021an Epiphany processor.
1022@c man end
1023@c man begin INCLUDE
1024@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1025@c ended inside the included file
1026@end ifset
1027
1028@end ifset
1029
1030@ifset H8300
1031
1032@ifclear man
1033@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1034for an H8/300 processor.
1035@end ifclear
1036
1037@ifset man
1038@c man begin OPTIONS
1039The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1040processor.
1041@c man end
1042@c man begin INCLUDE
1043@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1044@c ended inside the included file
1045@end ifset
cfb8c092 1046
cfb8c092
NC
1047@end ifset
1048
731caf76 1049@ifset I80386
252b5132 1050
731caf76
L
1051@ifclear man
1052@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1053configured for an i386 processor.
1054@end ifclear
1055
1056@ifset man
1057@c man begin OPTIONS
1058The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1059an i386 processor.
1060@c man end
1061@c man begin INCLUDE
1062@include c-i386.texi
1063@c ended inside the included file
1064@end ifset
1065
1066@end ifset
1067
1068@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1069@ifset I960
1070The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1071Intel 80960 processor.
1072
a4fb0134 1073@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1074@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1075Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1076
1077@item -b
1078Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1079
1080@item -no-relax
1081Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1082error if necessary.
1083
1084@end table
1085@end ifset
1086
a40cbfa3
NC
1087@ifset IP2K
1088The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1089Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1090
1091@table @gcctabopt
1092
1093@item -mip2022ext
1094Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1095
1096@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1097Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1098just the basic IP2022 ones.
1099
1100@end table
1101@end ifset
1102
49f58d10
JB
1103@ifset M32C
1104The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1105Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1106
1107@table @gcctabopt
1108
1109@item -m32c
1110Assemble M32C instructions.
1111
1112@item -m16c
1113Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1114
c54b5932
DD
1115@item -relax
1116Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1117
1118@item -h-tick-hex
1119Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1120
49f58d10
JB
1121@end table
1122@end ifset
1123
ec694b89
NC
1124@ifset M32R
1125The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1126Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1127
a4fb0134 1128@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1129
1130@item --m32rx
1131Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1132is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1133
1134@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1135Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1136encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1137
1138@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1139Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1140encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1141
1142@end table
1143@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1144
1145@ifset M680X0
1146The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1147Motorola 68000 series.
1148
a4fb0134 1149@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1150
1151@item -l
1152Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1153
0285c67d
NC
1154@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1155@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1156@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1157Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1158is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1159
1160@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1161The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1162The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1163the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1164two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1165coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1166
1167@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1168The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1169unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1170
1171@end table
1172@end ifset
1173
36591ba1
SL
1174@ifset NIOSII
1175
1176@ifclear man
1177@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1178for an Altera Nios II processor.
1179@end ifclear
1180
1181@ifset man
1182@c man begin OPTIONS
1183The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1184Altera Nios II processor.
1185@c man end
1186@c man begin INCLUDE
1187@include c-nios2.texi
1188@c ended inside the included file
1189@end ifset
1190@end ifset
1191
e135f41b
NC
1192@ifset PDP11
1193
1194For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1195see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1196
a4fb0134 1197@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1198@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1199Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1200default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1201
1202@item -mall
1203@itemx -mall-extensions
1204Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1205
1206@item -mno-extensions
1207Disable all instruction set extensions.
1208
1209@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1210Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1211
1212@item -m@var{cpu}
1213Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1214disable all other extensions.
1215
1216@item -m@var{machine}
1217Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1218model, and disable all other extensions.
1219@end table
1220
1221@end ifset
1222
041dd5a9
ILT
1223@ifset PJ
1224The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1225a picoJava processor.
1226
a4fb0134 1227@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1228
1229@cindex PJ endianness
1230@cindex endianness, PJ
1231@cindex big endian output, PJ
1232@item -mb
1233Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1234
1235@cindex little endian output, PJ
1236@item -ml
1237Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1238
1239@end table
1240@end ifset
1241
93f11b16
DD
1242@ifset PRU
1243
1244@ifclear man
1245@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1246for a PRU processor.
1247@end ifclear
1248
1249@ifset man
1250@c man begin OPTIONS
1251The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1252PRU processor.
1253@c man end
1254@c man begin INCLUDE
1255@include c-pru.texi
1256@c ended inside the included file
1257@end ifset
1258@end ifset
1259
60bcf0fa
NC
1260@ifset M68HC11
1261The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1262Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1263
a4fb0134 1264@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1265
6927f982 1266@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1267Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1268defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1269
6927f982
NC
1270@item --xgate-ramoffset
1271Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1272XGATE address space.
1273
2f904664
SC
1274@item -mshort
1275Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1276
1277@item -mlong
01642c12 1278Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1279
1280@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1281Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1282
1283@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1284Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1285
1370e33d 1286@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1287Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1288conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1289sub routine.
1290
1370e33d
NC
1291@item -S | --short-branches
1292Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1293when the offset is out of range.
1294
1295@item --strict-direct-mode
1296Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1297when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1298
1299@item --print-insn-syntax
1300Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1301
1302@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1303Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1304
1305@item --generate-example
6927f982 1306Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1307This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1308
1309@end table
1310@end ifset
1311
252b5132 1312@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1313The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1314for the SPARC architecture:
1315
a4fb0134 1316@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1317@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1318@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1319Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1320
1321@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1322@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1323
1324@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1325UltraSPARC extensions.
1326
1327@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1328For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1329equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1330
1331@item -bump
1332Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1333@end table
1334@end ifset
1335
39bec121
TW
1336@ifset TIC54X
1337The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1338architecture.
39bec121 1339
a4fb0134 1340@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1341@item -mfar-mode
1342Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1343extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1344@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1345Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1346@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1347Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1348behaviour in the shell.
1349@end table
1350@end ifset
1351
252b5132
RH
1352@ifset MIPS
1353The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1354a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1355
a4fb0134 1356@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1357@item -G @var{num}
1358This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1359implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1360use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1361
1362@cindex MIPS endianness
1363@cindex endianness, MIPS
1364@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1365@item -EB
1366Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1367
1368@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1369@item -EL
1370Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1371
1372@cindex MIPS ISA
1373@item -mips1
1374@itemx -mips2
1375@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1376@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1377@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1378@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1379@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1380@itemx -mips32r3
1381@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1382@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1383@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1384@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1385@itemx -mips64r3
1386@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1387@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1388Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1389@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1390alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1391@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1392@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1393@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1394@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1395MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1396Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1397MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1398
98508b2a
RS
1399@item -march=@var{cpu}
1400Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1401
1402@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1403Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1404
1405@item -mfix7000
1406@itemx -mno-fix7000
1407Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1408of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1409
a8d14a88
CM
1410@item -mfix-rm7000
1411@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1412Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1413followed by a load instruction.
1414
ecb4347a
DJ
1415@item -mdebug
1416@itemx -no-mdebug
1417Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1418section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1419
dcd410fe
RO
1420@item -mpdr
1421@itemx -mno-pdr
1422Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1423
437ee9d5
TS
1424@item -mgp32
1425@itemx -mfp32
1426The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1427flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1428all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1429and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1430
351cdf24
MF
1431@item -mgp64
1432@itemx -mfp64
1433The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1434flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1435all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1436and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1437
1438@item -mfpxx
1439The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1440this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1441which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
144232 or 64 bits wide.
1443
1444@item -modd-spreg
1445@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1446Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1447registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1448@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1449
437ee9d5
TS
1450@item -mips16
1451@itemx -no-mips16
1452Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1453@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1454turns off this option.
252b5132 1455
df58fc94
RS
1456@item -mmicromips
1457@itemx -mno-micromips
1458Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1459@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1460turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1461at the start of the assembly file.
1462
e16bfa71
TS
1463@item -msmartmips
1464@itemx -mno-smartmips
1465Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1466equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1467@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1468
1f25f5d3
CD
1469@item -mips3d
1470@itemx -no-mips3d
1471Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1472This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1473@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1474
deec1734
CD
1475@item -mdmx
1476@itemx -no-mdmx
1477Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1478This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1479@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1480
2ef2b9ae
CF
1481@item -mdsp
1482@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1483Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1484This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1485@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1486
8b082fb1
TS
1487@item -mdspr2
1488@itemx -mno-dspr2
1489Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1490This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1491This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1492@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1493
8f4f9071
MF
1494@item -mdspr3
1495@itemx -mno-dspr3
1496Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1497This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1498This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1499@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1500
56d438b1
CF
1501@item -mmsa
1502@itemx -mno-msa
1503Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1504This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1505@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1506
7d64c587
AB
1507@item -mxpa
1508@itemx -mno-xpa
1509Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1510This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1511@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1512
ef2e4d86
CF
1513@item -mmt
1514@itemx -mno-mt
1515Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1516This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1517@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1518
dec0624d
MR
1519@item -mmcu
1520@itemx -mno-mcu
1521Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1522This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1523@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1524
833794fc
MR
1525@item -minsn32
1526@itemx -mno-insn32
1527Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1528microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1529instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1530the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1531option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1532start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1533selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1534
437ee9d5
TS
1535@item --construct-floats
1536@itemx --no-construct-floats
1537The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1538double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1539value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1540the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1541selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1542
3bf0dbfb
MR
1543@item --relax-branch
1544@itemx --no-relax-branch
1545The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1546branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1547out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1548
ba92f887
MR
1549@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1550Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1551(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1552
252b5132
RH
1553@cindex emulation
1554@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1555This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1556on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1557removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1558It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1559
1560The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1561@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1562is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1563big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1564preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1565
1566@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1567@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1568the native tools.
1569
252b5132
RH
1570@item --trap
1571@itemx --no-trap
1572@itemx --break
1573@itemx --no-break
1574Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1575@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1576(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1577@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1578break exception.
63486801
L
1579
1580@item -n
a4fb0134 1581When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1582time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1583@end table
1584@end ifset
1585
1586@ifset MCORE
1587The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1588an MCore processor.
1589
a4fb0134 1590@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1591@item -jsri2bsr
1592@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1593Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1594The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1595
1596@item -sifilter
1597@itemx -nosifilter
1598Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1599The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1600
1601@item -relax
1602Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1603
ec694b89
NC
1604@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1605Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1606can be assembled.
1607
1608@item -EB
1609Assemble for a big endian target.
1610
1611@item -EL
1612Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1613
1614@end table
1615@end ifset
a3c62988 1616@c man end
252b5132 1617
a3c62988
NC
1618@ifset METAG
1619
1620@ifclear man
1621@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1622for a Meta processor.
1623@end ifclear
1624
1625@ifset man
1626@c man begin OPTIONS
1627The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1628Meta processor.
1629@c man end
1630@c man begin INCLUDE
1631@include c-metag.texi
1632@c ended inside the included file
1633@end ifset
1634
1635@end ifset
1636
1637@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1638@ifset MMIX
1639See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1640@end ifset
1641
35c08157
KLC
1642@ifset NDS32
1643
1644@ifclear man
1645@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1646for a NDS32 processor.
1647@end ifclear
1648@c ended inside the included file
1649@end ifset
1650
1651@ifset man
1652@c man begin OPTIONS
1653The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1654NDS32 processor.
1655@c man end
1656@c man begin INCLUDE
1657@include c-nds32.texi
1658@c ended inside the included file
1659@end ifset
1660
635fb38d 1661@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1662@ifset PPC
1663
1664@ifclear man
1665@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1666for a PowerPC processor.
1667@end ifclear
1668
1669@ifset man
1670@c man begin OPTIONS
1671The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1672PowerPC processor.
1673@c man end
1674@c man begin INCLUDE
1675@include c-ppc.texi
1676@c ended inside the included file
1677@end ifset
1678
1679@end ifset
1680
e23eba97
NC
1681@ifset RISCV
1682
1683@ifclear man
1684@xref{RISC-V-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1685for a RISC-V processor.
1686@end ifclear
1687
1688@ifset man
1689@c man begin OPTIONS
1690The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1691RISC-V processor.
1692@c man end
1693@c man begin INCLUDE
1694@include c-riscv.texi
1695@c ended inside the included file
1696@end ifset
1697
1698@end ifset
1699
635fb38d 1700@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1701@ifset RX
1702See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1703@end ifset
1704
11c19e16
MS
1705@ifset S390
1706The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1707processor family.
1708
1709@table @gcctabopt
1710@item -m31
1711@itemx -m64
1712Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1713@item -mesa
1714@item -mzarch
1715Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1716Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1717@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1718Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1719@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1720@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1721@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
1722or @samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}).
11c19e16
MS
1723@item -mregnames
1724@itemx -mno-regnames
1725Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1726@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1727Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1728but evaluates to zero.
1729@end table
1730@end ifset
2a633939 1731@c man end
11c19e16 1732
40b36596 1733@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1734
1735@ifclear man
1736@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1737for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1738@end ifclear
1739
1740@ifset man
1741@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1742The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1743TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1744@c man end
1745@c man begin INCLUDE
1746@include c-tic6x.texi
1747@c ended inside the included file
1748@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1749
1750@end ifset
1751
aa137e4d
NC
1752@ifset TILEGX
1753
1754@ifclear man
1755@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1756for a TILE-Gx processor.
1757@end ifclear
1758
1759@ifset man
1760@c man begin OPTIONS
1761The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1762processor.
1763@c man end
1764@c man begin INCLUDE
1765@include c-tilegx.texi
1766@c ended inside the included file
1767@end ifset
1768
1769@end ifset
1770
b6605ddd
EB
1771@ifset VISIUM
1772
1773@ifclear man
1774@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1775for a Visium processor.
1776@end ifclear
1777
1778@ifset man
1779@c man begin OPTIONS
1780The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1781processor.
1782@c man end
1783@c man begin INCLUDE
1784@include c-visium.texi
1785@c ended inside the included file
1786@end ifset
1787
1788@end ifset
1789
e0001a05 1790@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1791
2d8b84ae
SA
1792@ifclear man
1793@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1794for an Xtensa processor.
1795@end ifclear
1796
1797@ifset man
1798@c man begin OPTIONS
1799The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1800Xtensa processor.
1801@c man end
1802@c man begin INCLUDE
1803@include c-xtensa.texi
1804@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1805@end ifset
1806
2d8b84ae
SA
1807@end ifset
1808
1809@c man begin OPTIONS
1810
3c9b82ba
NC
1811@ifset Z80
1812The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1813a Z80 family processor.
1814@table @gcctabopt
1815@item -z80
1816Assemble for Z80 processor.
1817@item -r800
1818Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1819@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1820@itemx -Wnud
1821Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1822@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1823@itemx -Wnup
1824Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1825@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1826@itemx -Wud
1827Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1828@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1829@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1830Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1831@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1832@itemx -Fud
1833Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1834@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1835@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1836Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1837@end table
1838@end ifset
1839
0285c67d
NC
1840@c man end
1841
252b5132
RH
1842@menu
1843* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1844* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1845* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1846* Command Line:: Command Line
1847* Input Files:: Input Files
1848* Object:: Output (Object) File
1849* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1850@end menu
1851
1852@node Manual
1853@section Structure of this Manual
1854
1855@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1856This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1857@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1858notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1859@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1860
1861@ifclear GENERIC
1862We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1863configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1864@end ifclear
1865@ifset GENERIC
1866This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1867various flavors of the assembler.
1868@end ifset
1869
1870@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1871On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1872to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1873In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1874architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1875mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1876particular architecture.
1877@ifset GENERIC
1878You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1879machine architecture manual for this information.
1880@end ifset
1881@ifclear GENERIC
1882@ifset H8/300
1883For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1884Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1885Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1886@end ifset
252b5132 1887@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1888For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1889see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1890@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1891@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1892@end ifset
1893@ifset Z8000
1894For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1895@end ifset
1896@end ifclear
1897
1898@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1899@ignore
1900Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1901the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1902Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1903computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1904once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1905qualification.
1906
a4fb0134 1907@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1908human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1909computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1910@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1911@end ignore
1912
1913@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1914@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1915@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1916@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1917@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1918@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1919@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1920@c directives).
1921
1922@node GNU Assembler
1923@section The GNU Assembler
1924
0285c67d
NC
1925@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1926
a4fb0134 1927@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1928@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1929This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1930configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1931@end ifclear
1932If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1933should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1934architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1935including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1936@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1937
1938@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1939@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1940@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1941@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1942assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1943machine would assemble.
1944@ifset VAX
1945Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1946@end ifset
1947@ifset M680X0
1948@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1949@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1950This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1951assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1952incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1953@end ifset
1954
0285c67d
NC
1955@c man end
1956
a4fb0134 1957Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1958program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1959@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1960
1961@node Object Formats
1962@section Object File Formats
1963
1964@cindex object file format
1965The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1966object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1967write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1968are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1969Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1970@ifclear GENERIC
1971@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1972For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1973@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1974@end ifclear
1975@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1976@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1977On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1978@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1979@end ifset
1980@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1981On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1982SOM or ELF format object files.
1983@end ifset
1984@end ifclear
1985
1986@node Command Line
1987@section Command Line
1988
1989@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1990
a4fb0134 1991After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1992options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1993before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1994significant.
1995
1996@cindex standard input, as input file
1997@kindex --
1998@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1999explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2000
2001@cindex options, command line
2002Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
2003hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2004@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2005option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2006the letter is important. All options are optional.
2007
2008Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2009name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2010with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2011standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2012
2013@smallexample
2014@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2015@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2016@end smallexample
2017
2018@node Input Files
2019@section Input Files
2020
2021@cindex input
2022@cindex source program
2023@cindex files, input
2024We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2025describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2026be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2027doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2028
2029@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2030@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2031The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2032order specified.
2033
0285c67d 2034@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2035Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2036program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2037(The standard input is also a file.)
2038
a4fb0134 2039You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2040names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2041command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2042is taken to be an input file name.
2043
a4fb0134
SC
2044If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2045from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2046may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2047to assemble.
2048
2049Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2050in your command line.
2051
a4fb0134 2052If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2053file.
2054
0285c67d
NC
2055@c man end
2056
252b5132
RH
2057@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2058
2059@cindex input file linenumbers
2060@cindex line numbers, in input files
2061There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2062either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2063number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2064``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2065
2066@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2067to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2068
2069@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2070directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2071error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2072is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2073@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2074@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2075
2076@node Object
2077@section Output (Object) File
2078
2079@cindex object file
2080@cindex output file
2081@kindex a.out
2082@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2083Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2084your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2085is the object file. Its default name is
2086@ifclear BOUT
2087@code{a.out}.
2088@end ifclear
2089@ifset BOUT
2090@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2091@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2092@end ifset
a4fb0134 2093@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2094@end ifset
a4fb0134 2095You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2096object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2097reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2098directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2099possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2100
2101@cindex linker
2102@kindex ld
2103The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2104assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2105the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2106information for the debugger.
2107
2108@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2109@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2110
2111@node Errors
2112@section Error and Warning Messages
2113
0285c67d
NC
2114@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2115
a349d9dd 2116@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2117@cindex warning messages
2118@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2119@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2120file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2121runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2122that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2123grave problem that stops the assembly.
2124
0285c67d
NC
2125@c man end
2126
252b5132
RH
2127@cindex format of warning messages
2128Warning messages have the format
2129
2130@smallexample
2131file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2132@end smallexample
2133
2134@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2135@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2136(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2137(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2138@ifset GENERIC
2139(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2140@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2141have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2142in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2143intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2144
2145Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2146directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2147
2148@smallexample
2149 .file 2 "bar.c"
2150 error_assembler_source
2151 .file "foo.c"
2152 .line 30
2153 error_c_source
2154@end smallexample
2155
2156produces this output:
2157
2158@smallexample
2159 Assembler messages:
2160 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2161 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2162@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2163
2164@cindex format of error messages
2165Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2166
252b5132
RH
2167@smallexample
2168file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2169@end smallexample
72e0b254 2170
252b5132
RH
2171The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2172messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2173because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2174
2175@node Invoking
2176@chapter Command-Line Options
2177
2178@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2179This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2180versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2181for options specific
252b5132 2182@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2183to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2184@end ifclear
2185@ifset GENERIC
2186to particular machine architectures.
2187@end ifset
2188
0285c67d
NC
2189@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2190
c1253627 2191If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2192you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2193The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2194by commas. For example:
2195
2196@smallexample
2197gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2198@end smallexample
2199
2200@noindent
2201This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2202standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2203local symbols in the symbol table).
2204
2205Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2206command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2207(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2208precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2209assembler.)
2210
0285c67d
NC
2211@c man end
2212
252b5132 2213@menu
83f10cb2 2214* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2215* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2216* D:: -D for compatibility
2217* f:: -f to work faster
2218* I:: -I for .include search path
2219@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2220* K:: -K for compatibility
2221@end ifclear
2222@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2223* K:: -K for difference tables
2224@end ifset
2225
ba83aca1 2226* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2227* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2228* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2229* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2230* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2231* o:: -o to name the object file
2232* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2233* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2234* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2235* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2236* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2237* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2238@end menu
2239
2240@node a
83f10cb2 2241@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2242
2243@kindex -a
2244@kindex -ac
2245@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2246@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2247@kindex -ah
2248@kindex -al
2249@kindex -an
2250@kindex -as
2251@cindex listings, enabling
2252@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2253
2254These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2255@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2256You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2257@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2258@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2259@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2260High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2261@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2262also.
2263
83f10cb2
NC
2264Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2265information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2266
252b5132
RH
2267Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2268which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2269other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2270omitted from the listing.
2271
2272Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2273listing.
2274
2275Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2276listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2277@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2278@code{.sbttl}.
2279The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2280If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2281listing-control directives have no effect.
2282
2283The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2284@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2285
96e9638b
BW
2286Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2287because it
c3a27914
NC
2288is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2289is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2290directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2291stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2292memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2293
caa32fe5
NC
2294@node alternate
2295@section @option{--alternate}
2296
2297@kindex --alternate
2298Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2299
252b5132 2300@node D
a4fb0134 2301@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2302
2303@kindex -D
2304This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2305likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2306@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2307
2308@node f
a4fb0134 2309@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2310
2311@kindex -f
2312@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2313@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2314@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2315(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2316and comment preprocessing on
2317the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2318,Preprocessing}.
2319
2320@quotation
2321@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2322preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2323not work correctly.
2324@end quotation
2325
2326@node I
c1253627 2327@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2328
2329@kindex -I @var{path}
2330@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2331@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2332@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2333Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2334@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2335directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2336many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2337working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2338searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2339specified (left to right) on the command line.
2340
2341@node K
a4fb0134 2342@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2343
2344@kindex -K
2345@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2346On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2347permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2348where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2349generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2350family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2351alteration on other platforms.
2352@end ifclear
2353
2354@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2355@cindex difference tables, warning
2356@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2357@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2358form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2359You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2360is done.
2361@end ifset
2362
2363@node L
ba83aca1 2364@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2365
2366@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2367@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2368Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2369@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2370called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2371such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2372programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2373notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2374such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2375
2376This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2377in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2378@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2379
c3a27914 2380@node listing
a4fb0134 2381@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2382
2383The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2384@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2385hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2386them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2387directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2388@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2389@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2390@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2391
a4fb0134 2392@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2393@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2394@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2395@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2396Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2397dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2398
2399@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2400@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2401@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2402Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2403a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2404the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2405switch is used the default is to one.
2406
2407@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2408@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2409@cindex Width of source line output
2410Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2411alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2412source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2413
2414@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2415@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2416@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2417Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2418displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2419@end table
2420
252b5132 2421@node M
a4fb0134 2422@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2423
2424@kindex -M
2425@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2426The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2427changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2428compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2429configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2430MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2431information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2432arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2433assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2434
2435The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2436depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2437file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2438individually. These are:
2439
2440@itemize @bullet
2441@item global symbols in common section
2442
2443The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2444Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2445common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2446symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2447symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2448
2449@item complex relocations
2450
2451The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2452relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2453are not support by other object file formats.
2454
2455@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2456
2457The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2458This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2459instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2460script.
2461
2462@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2463
2464The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2465name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2466
2467@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2468
2469The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2470address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2471which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2472not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2473assigned within a linker script.
2474@end itemize
2475
2476There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2477@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2478seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2479
2480@itemize @bullet
2481
2482@item EBCDIC strings
2483
2484EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2485
2486@item packed binary coded decimal
2487
2488Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2489and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2490
2491@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2492
2493The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2494
2495@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2496
2497The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2498
2499@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2500
2501The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2502@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2503relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2504these options serve no purpose.
2505
2506@item @code{OPT} list control options
2507
2508The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2509@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2510@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2511
2512@item other @code{OPT} options
2513
2514The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2515@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2516
2517@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2518
2519The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2520@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2521
2522@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2523
2524The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2525
2526@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2527
2528The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2529
2530@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2531
2532The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2533
2534@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2535
2536The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2537
2538@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2539
2540The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2541
2542@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2543
2544The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2545
2546@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2547
2548The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2549
2550@end itemize
2551
2552@node MD
c1253627 2553@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2554
2555@kindex --MD
2556@cindex dependency tracking
2557@cindex make rules
2558
a4fb0134 2559@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2560file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2561dependencies of the main source file.
2562
2563The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2564
2565This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2566
2edb36e7
NC
2567@node no-pad-sections
2568@section Output Section Padding
2569@kindex --no-pad-sections
2570@cindex output section padding
2571Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2572alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2573memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2574disable this behaviour.
2575
252b5132 2576@node o
a4fb0134 2577@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2578
2579@kindex -o
2580@cindex naming object file
2581@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2582There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2583default it has the name
2584@ifset GENERIC
2585@ifset I960
2586@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2587@end ifset
2588@ifclear I960
2589@file{a.out}.
2590@end ifclear
2591@end ifset
2592@ifclear GENERIC
2593@ifset I960
2594@file{b.out}.
2595@end ifset
2596@ifclear I960
2597@file{a.out}.
2598@end ifclear
2599@end ifclear
2600You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2601object file a different name.
2602
a4fb0134 2603Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2604existing file of the same name.
2605
2606@node R
a4fb0134 2607@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2608
2609@kindex -R
2610@cindex data and text sections, joining
2611@cindex text and data sections, joining
2612@cindex joining text and data sections
2613@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2614@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2615data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2616the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2617section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2618your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2619appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2620
a4fb0134 2621When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2622address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2623data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2624older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2625
c1253627
NC
2626@ifset COFF-ELF
2627When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2628this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2629@samp{.data}.
2630@end ifset
2631
2632@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2633@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2634@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2635@end ifset
2636
2637@node statistics
a4fb0134 2638@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2639
2640@kindex --statistics
2641@cindex statistics, about assembly
2642@cindex time, total for assembly
2643@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2644Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2645@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2646(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2647seconds).
2648
2649@node traditional-format
c1253627 2650@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2651
2652@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2653For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2654from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2655@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2656
2657For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2658@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2659
2660@node v
a4fb0134 2661@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2662
2663@kindex -v
2664@kindex -version
2665@cindex assembler version
2666@cindex version of assembler
2667You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2668option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2669command line.
2670
2671@node W
a4fb0134 2672@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2673
a4fb0134 2674@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2675assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2676cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2677made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2678
c1253627
NC
2679@kindex -W
2680@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2681@cindex suppressing warnings
2682@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2683If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2684This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2685how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2686are still reported.
2687
c1253627 2688@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2689@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2690@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2691If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2692files that generate warnings to be in error.
2693
c1253627 2694@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2695@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2696You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2697causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2698
2699@node Z
a4fb0134 2700@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2701@cindex object file, after errors
2702@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2703After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2704some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2705@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2706option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2707writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2708errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2709
2710@node Syntax
2711@chapter Syntax
2712
2713@cindex machine-independent syntax
2714@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2715This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2716source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2717assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2718@ifclear VAX
2719assembler.
2720@end ifclear
2721@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2722assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2723@end ifset
2724
2725@menu
7c31ae13 2726* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2727* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2728* Comments:: Comments
2729* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2730* Statements:: Statements
2731* Constants:: Constants
2732@end menu
2733
2734@node Preprocessing
2735@section Preprocessing
2736
2737@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2738The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2739@itemize @bullet
2740@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2741@item
2742adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2743the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2744a single space.
2745
2746@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2747@item
2748removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2749appropriate number of newlines.
2750
2751@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2752@item
2753converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2754@end itemize
2755
2756It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2757anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2758do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2759(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2760to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2761@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2762Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2763
2764Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2765cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2766preprocessed.
2767
2768@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2769@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2770@kindex #NO_APP
2771@kindex #APP
2772If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2773@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2774Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2775specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2776text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2777@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2778@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2779and whitespace.
2780
2781@node Whitespace
2782@section Whitespace
2783
2784@cindex whitespace
2785@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2786Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2787people to read. Unless within character constants
2788(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2789as exactly one space.
2790
2791@node Comments
2792@section Comments
2793
2794@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2795There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2796cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2797
2798Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2799This means you may not nest these comments.
2800
2801@smallexample
2802/*
2803 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2804 is to use this sort of comment.
2805*/
2806
2807/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2808@end smallexample
2809
2810@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2811Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2812considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2813specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2814line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2815line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2816comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2817upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2818@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2819
2820If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2821special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2822to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2823
2824@kindex #
2825@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2826@cindex logical line numbers
2827To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2828special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2829expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2830line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2831new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2832
2833If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2834the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2835
2836@smallexample
2837 # This is an ordinary comment.
2838# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2839 # This is logical line # 36.
2840@end smallexample
2841This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2842of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2843
2844@node Symbol Intro
2845@section Symbols
2846
2847@cindex characters used in symbols
2848@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2849A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2850letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2851@samp{_.$}.
2852@end ifclear
2853@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2854@ifclear GENERIC
2855@ifset H8
2856A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2857letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2858@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2859symbol names.)
2860@end ifset
2861@end ifclear
2862@end ifset
2863@ifset GENERIC
2864On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2865are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2866@end ifset
2867No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2868There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2869are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2870beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2871of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2872
2873Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2874cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2875quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2876backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2877@cindex length of symbols
2878
2879@node Statements
2880@section Statements
2881
2882@cindex statements, structure of
2883@cindex line separator character
2884@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2885
2886A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2887@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2888specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2889target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2890The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2891preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2892exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2893
2894@cindex newline, required at file end
2895@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2896It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2897character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2898
2899An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2900
2901@cindex instructions and directives
2902@cindex directives and instructions
2903@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2904@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2905@c 13feb91.
2906A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2907key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2908symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2909symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2910directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2911a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2912assembles into a machine language instruction.
2913@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2914Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2915recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2916represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2917language.@refill
2918@end ifset
2919
2920@cindex @code{:} (label)
2921@cindex label (@code{:})
2922A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2923Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2924have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2925
2926@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2927For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2928the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2929only one label may be defined on each line.
2930@end ifset
2931
2932@smallexample
2933label: .directive followed by something
2934another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2935 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2936@end smallexample
2937
2938@node Constants
2939@section Constants
2940
2941@cindex constants
2942A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2943inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2944@smallexample
2945@group
2946.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2947.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2948.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2949.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
295095028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2951@end group
2952@end smallexample
2953
2954@menu
2955* Characters:: Character Constants
2956* Numbers:: Number Constants
2957@end menu
2958
2959@node Characters
2960@subsection Character Constants
2961
2962@cindex character constants
2963@cindex constants, character
2964There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2965for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2966numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2967@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2968used in arithmetic expressions.
2969
2970@menu
2971* Strings:: Strings
2972* Chars:: Characters
2973@end menu
2974
2975@node Strings
2976@subsubsection Strings
2977
2978@cindex string constants
2979@cindex constants, string
2980A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2981double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2982into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2983a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2984one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2985@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2986(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2987escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2988
2989@cindex escape codes, character
2990@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2991@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2992@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2993@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2994@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2995@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2996@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2997@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2998@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2999@table @kbd
3000@c @item \a
3001@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3002@c
361fa3a4 3003@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3004@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3005@item \b
3006Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3007
3008@c @item \e
3009@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3010@c
361fa3a4 3011@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3012@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3013@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3014Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3015
361fa3a4 3016@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3017@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3018@item \n
3019Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3020
3021@c @item \p
3022@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3023@c
361fa3a4
NC
3024@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3025@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3026@item \r
3027Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3028
3029@c @item \s
3030@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3031@c other assemblers.
3032@c
361fa3a4 3033@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3034@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3035@item \t
3036Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3037
3038@c @item \v
3039@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3040@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3041@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3042@c
361fa3a4 3043@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3044@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3045@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3046An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3047For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3048for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3049
361fa3a4 3050@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3051@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3052@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3053A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3054lower case @code{x} works.
3055
361fa3a4 3056@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3057@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3058@item \\
3059Represents one @samp{\} character.
3060
3061@c @item \'
3062@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3063@c This is needed in single character literals
3064@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3065@c a @samp{'}.
3066@c
361fa3a4 3067@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3068@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3069@item \"
3070Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3071this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3072
3073@item \ @var{anything-else}
3074Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3075assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3076you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3077interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3078other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3079code and warns you of the fact.
3080@end table
3081
3082Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3083varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3084the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3085compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3086sequence.
3087
3088@node Chars
3089@subsubsection Characters
3090
3091@cindex single character constant
3092@cindex character, single
3093@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3094A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3095that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3096@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3097as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3098character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3099the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3100accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3101@ifclear GENERIC
3102@ifclear abnormal-separator
3103(or semicolon @samp{;})
3104@end ifclear
3105@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3106@ifset H8
3107(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3108Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3109@end ifset
3110@end ifset
3111@end ifclear
3112immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3113and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3114constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3115that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3116@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3117
3118@node Numbers
3119@subsection Number Constants
3120
3121@cindex constants, number
3122@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3123@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3124are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3125would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3126integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3127are floating point numbers, described below.
3128
3129@menu
3130* Integers:: Integers
3131* Bignums:: Bignums
3132* Flonums:: Flonums
3133@ifclear GENERIC
3134@ifset I960
3135* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3136@end ifset
3137@end ifclear
3138@end menu
3139
3140@node Integers
3141@subsubsection Integers
3142@cindex integers
3143@cindex constants, integer
3144
3145@cindex binary integers
3146@cindex integers, binary
3147A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3148the binary digits @samp{01}.
3149
3150@cindex octal integers
3151@cindex integers, octal
3152An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3153digits (@samp{01234567}).
3154
3155@cindex decimal integers
3156@cindex integers, decimal
3157A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3158more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3159
3160@cindex hexadecimal integers
3161@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3162A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3163more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3164
3165Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3166the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3167(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3168
3169@node Bignums
3170@subsubsection Bignums
3171
3172@cindex bignums
3173@cindex constants, bignum
3174A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3175except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3176represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3177integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3178
3179@node Flonums
3180@subsubsection Flonums
3181@cindex flonums
3182@cindex floating point numbers
3183@cindex constants, floating point
3184
3185@cindex precision, floating point
3186A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3187indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3188@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3189sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3190to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3191portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3192
3193A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3194@itemize @bullet
3195@item
3196The digit @samp{0}.
3197@ifset HPPA
3198(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3199@end ifset
3200
3201@item
a4fb0134 3202A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3203@ifset GENERIC
3204@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3205@ignore
3206@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3207(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32084.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3209@end ignore
3210
7be1c489 3211On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3212and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3213one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3214
3215On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3216(in upper or lower case).
3217
3218On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3219one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3220
3221On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3222@end ifset
3223@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3224@ifset ARC
3225One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3226@end ifset
3227@ifset H8
3228One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3229@end ifset
3230@ifset HPPA
3231The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3232@end ifset
3233@ifset I960
3234One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3235@end ifset
3236@end ifclear
3237
3238@item
3239An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3240
3241@item
3242An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3243
3244@item
3245An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3246or more decimal digits.
3247
3248@item
3249An optional exponent, consisting of:
3250
3251@itemize @bullet
3252@item
3253An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3254@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3255@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3256@item
3257Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3258@item
3259One or more decimal digits.
3260@end itemize
3261
3262@end itemize
3263
3264At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3265present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3266
a4fb0134 3267@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3268independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3269@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3270
3271@ifclear GENERIC
3272@ifset I960
3273@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3274@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3275@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3276@node Bit Fields
3277@subsubsection Bit Fields
3278
3279@cindex bit fields
3280@cindex constants, bit field
3281You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3282Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3283@example
3284@var{mask}:@var{value}
3285@end example
3286@noindent
a4fb0134 3287@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3288@var{value}.
3289
3290The resulting number is then packed
3291@ifset GENERIC
3292@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3293(in host-dependent byte order)
3294@end ifset
3295into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3296bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3297requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3298more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3299least significant digits.@refill
3300
3301The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3302@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3303@end ifset
3304@end ifclear
3305
3306@node Sections
3307@chapter Sections and Relocation
3308@cindex sections
3309@cindex relocation
3310
3311@menu
3312* Secs Background:: Background
3313* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3314* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3315* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3316* bss:: bss Section
3317@end menu
3318
3319@node Secs Background
3320@section Background
3321
3322Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3323``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3324For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3325
3326@cindex linker, and assembler
3327@cindex assembler, and linker
3328The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3329combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3330emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3331@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3332different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3333oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3334sections.
3335
3336@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3337addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3338units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3339within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3340run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3341the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3342the proper run-time addresses.
3343@ifset H8
7be1c489 3344For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3345@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3346ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3347@end ifset
3348
3349@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3350An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3351of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3352@dfn{bss} sections.
3353
c1253627 3354@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3355@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3356When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3357@end ifset
a4fb0134 3358@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3359using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3360If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3361or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3362@end ifset
3363
3364@ifset HPPA
3365@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3366When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3367@end ifset
a4fb0134 3368@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3369specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3370@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3371(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3372assembler directives.
3373
3374@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3375Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3376text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3377is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3378BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3379@end ifset
3380@end ifset
3381
3382Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3383data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3384
3385@ifset HPPA
3386When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3387section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3388@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3389@end ifset
3390
3391To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3392relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3393object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3394@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3395file is mentioned:
3396@itemize @bullet
3397@item
3398Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3399an address?
3400@item
3401How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3402@item
3403Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3404@display
3405(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3406@end display
3407@item
3408Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3409@end itemize
3410
3411@cindex addresses, format of
3412@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3413In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3414@display
3415(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3416@end display
3417@noindent
a4fb0134 3418Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3419nature.
3420@ifset SOM
3421(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3422symbol-relative instead.)
3423@end ifset
3424
3425In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3426@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3427
3428Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3429@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3430addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3431@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3432@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3433data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3434their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3435part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3436address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3437
3438The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3439address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3440rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3441Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3442address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3443common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3444time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3445
3446By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3447the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3448sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3449customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3450the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3451data and bss sections.
3452
3453Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3454use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3455
3456@node Ld Sections
3457@section Linker Sections
3458@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3459
3460@table @strong
3461
c1253627 3462@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3463@cindex named sections
3464@cindex sections, named
3465@item named sections
3466@end ifset
3467@ifset aout-bout
3468@cindex text section
3469@cindex data section
3470@itemx text section
3471@itemx data section
3472@end ifset
a4fb0134 3473These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3474separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3475true of another.
3476@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3477When the program is running, however, it is
3478customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3479text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3480instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3481program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3482in the data section.
c1253627 3483@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3484
3485@cindex bss section
3486@item bss section
3487This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3488is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3489each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3490out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3491bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3492those explicit zeros from object files.
3493
3494@cindex absolute section
3495@item absolute section
3496Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3497This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3498not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3499addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3500
3501@cindex undefined section
3502@item undefined section
3503This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3504the preceding sections.
3505@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3506@end table
3507
3508@cindex relocation example
3509An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3510@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3511The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3512@end ifset
3513Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3514
3515@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3516@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3517@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3518@smallexample
3519 +-----+----+--+
3520partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3521 +-----+----+--+
3522
3523 text data bss
3524 seg. seg. seg.
3525
3526 +---+---+---+
3527partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3528 +---+---+---+
3529
3530 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3531linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3532 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3533
3534 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3535@end smallexample
3536@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3537@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3538@need 5000
3539@tex
c1253627 3540\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3541\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3542\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3543\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3544
3545\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3546\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3547\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3548
3549\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3550\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3551\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3552ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3553DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3554
3555\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3556\line{0\dots\hfil}
3557
3558@end tex
3559@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3560
3561@node As Sections
3562@section Assembler Internal Sections
3563
3564@cindex internal assembler sections
3565@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3566These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3567have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3568sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3569warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3570meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3571value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3572section-relative address.
3573
3574@table @b
3575@cindex assembler internal logic error
3576@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3577An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3578bug in the assembler.
3579
3580@cindex expr (internal section)
3581@item expr section
3582The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3583symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3584it in the expr section.
3585@c FIXME item debug
3586@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3587@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3588@c FIXME item register
3589@end table
3590
3591@node Sub-Sections
3592@section Sub-Sections
3593
3594@cindex numbered subsections
3595@cindex grouping data
3596@ifset aout-bout
3597Assembled bytes
c1253627 3598@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3599conventionally
3600@end ifset
3601fall into two sections: text and data.
3602@end ifset
3603You may have separate groups of
3604@ifset GENERIC
3605data in named sections
3606@end ifset
3607@ifclear GENERIC
3608@ifclear aout-bout
3609data in named sections
3610@end ifclear
3611@ifset aout-bout
3612text or data
3613@end ifset
3614@end ifclear
3615that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3616are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3617use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3618numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3619same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3620subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3621section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3622assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3623section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3624constants being output.
3625
3626Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3627goes in subsection number zero.
3628
3629@ifset GENERIC
3630Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3631(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3632of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3633@end ifset
3634@ifclear GENERIC
3635@ifset H8
7be1c489 3636On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3637boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3638The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3639@end ifset
3640@ifset I960
3641@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3642@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3643@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3644@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3645@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3646@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3647@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3648@end ifclear
3649
3650Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3651to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3652The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3653other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3654They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3655data subsections as a data section.
3656
3657To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3658into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3659@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3660@ifset COFF
252b5132 3661@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3662When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3663@end ifset
3664@ifclear GENERIC
3665You
3666@end ifclear
3667can also use an extra subsection
3668argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3669@var{expression}}.
3670@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3671@ifset ELF
3672@ifset GENERIC
3673When generating ELF output, you
3674@end ifset
3675@ifclear GENERIC
3676You
3677@end ifclear
3678can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3679to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3680@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3681@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3682(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3683is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3684begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3685@smallexample
3686.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3687.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3688.text 1
3689.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3690.data 0
3691.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3692.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3693.text 0
3694.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3695.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3696@end smallexample
3697
3698Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3699assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3700restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3701counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3702@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3703current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3704assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3705
3706@node bss
3707@section bss Section
3708
3709@cindex bss section
3710@cindex common variable storage
3711The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3712You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3713not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3714your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3715section are zeroed bytes.
3716
3717The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3718@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3719
3720The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3721another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3722
3723@ifset GENERIC
3724When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3725COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3726see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3727section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3728@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3729@end ifset
3730
3731@node Symbols
3732@chapter Symbols
3733
3734@cindex symbols
3735Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3736things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3737to debug.
3738
3739@quotation
3740@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3741@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3742the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3743@end quotation
3744
3745@menu
3746* Labels:: Labels
3747* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3748* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3749* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3750* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3751@end menu
3752
3753@node Labels
3754@section Labels
3755
3756@cindex labels
3757A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3758@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3759active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3760operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3761different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3762definitions.
3763
3764@ifset HPPA
3765On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3766colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3767a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3768provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3769@end ifset
3770
3771@node Setting Symbols
3772@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3773
3774@cindex assigning values to symbols
3775@cindex symbol values, assigning
3776A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3777by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3778(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3779directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3780equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3781@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3782
f8739b83
JZ
3783@ifset Blackfin
3784Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3785@end ifset
3786
252b5132
RH
3787@node Symbol Names
3788@section Symbol Names
3789
3790@cindex symbol names
3791@cindex names, symbol
3792@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3793Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3794machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3795noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3796string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3797particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3798@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3799@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3800@ifset H8
3801Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3802Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3803character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3804on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3805@end ifset
3806@end ifset
3807
3808Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3809than @code{Foo}.
3810
ed1fcdd1
NC
3811Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3812Local Labels. See below.
3813
7bfd842d
NC
3814Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3815multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3816@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3817currently supported.
3818
252b5132
RH
3819Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3820refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3821in a program.
3822
3823@subheading Local Symbol Names
3824
3825@cindex local symbol names
3826@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3827A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3828By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3829@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3830set of local label prefixes.
3831@ifset HPPA
3832On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3833@end ifset
3834
3835Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3836normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3837You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3838to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3839
3840@subheading Local Labels
3841
3842@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3843@cindex temporary symbol names
3844@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3845Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3846programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3847be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3848referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3849the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3850To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3851@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3852to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3853stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3854
3855There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3856too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3857the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3858defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3859definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3860noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3861implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3862
3863Here is an example:
3864
3865@smallexample
38661: branch 1f
38672: branch 1b
38681: branch 2f
38692: branch 1b
3870@end smallexample
3871
3872Which is the equivalent of:
3873
3874@smallexample
3875label_1: branch label_3
3876label_2: branch label_1
3877label_3: branch label_4
3878label_4: branch label_3
3879@end smallexample
3880
ba83aca1 3881Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3882transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3883The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3884are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3885these parts:
252b5132
RH
3886
3887@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3888@item @emph{local label prefix}
3889All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3890Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3891that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3892used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3893@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3894object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3895you may use them in debugging.
3896
2d5aaba0
NC
3897@item @var{number}
3898This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3899label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3900
2d5aaba0
NC
3901@item @kbd{C-B}
3902This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3903of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3904
3905@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3906This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3907@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3908number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3909the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3910@end table
3911
ba83aca1
BW
3912So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3913the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3914
3915@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3916@cindex dollar local symbols
3917
ed1fcdd1
NC
3918On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3919local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3920become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3921valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3922by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3923by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3924
3925Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3926except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3927@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3928
3929They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3930names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3931to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3932@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3933
3934@node Dot
3935@section The Special Dot Symbol
3936
3937@cindex dot (symbol)
3938@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3939@cindex current address
3940@cindex location counter
3941The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3942@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3943.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3944Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3945directive.
252b5132 3946@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3947Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3948@samp{.space 4}.
3949@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3950
3951@node Symbol Attributes
3952@section Symbol Attributes
3953
3954@cindex symbol attributes
3955@cindex attributes, symbol
3956Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3957``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3958attributes.
3959@ifset INTERNALS
3960The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3961@end ifset
3962
a4fb0134 3963If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3964all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3965symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3966would want.
3967
3968@menu
3969* Symbol Value:: Value
3970* Symbol Type:: Type
3971@ifset aout-bout
3972@ifset GENERIC
3973* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3974@end ifset
3975@ifclear GENERIC
3976@ifclear BOUT
3977* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3978@end ifclear
3979@ifset BOUT
3980* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3981@end ifset
3982@end ifclear
3983@end ifset
3984@ifset COFF
3985* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3986@end ifset
3987@ifset SOM
3988* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3989@end ifset
3990@end menu
3991
3992@node Symbol Value
3993@subsection Value
3994
3995@cindex value of a symbol
3996@cindex symbol value
3997The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3998location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3999number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4000Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4001as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4002symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4003called absolute.
4004
4005The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40060 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4007@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4008same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4009name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4010common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4011bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4012allocated storage.
4013
4014@node Symbol Type
4015@subsection Type
4016
4017@cindex type of a symbol
4018@cindex symbol type
4019The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4020information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4021(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4022format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4023
4024@ifset aout-bout
4025@ifclear GENERIC
4026@ifset BOUT
4027@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
4028@c better if it were available outside examples.
4029@need 1000
4030@node a.out Symbols
4031@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
4032
4033@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
4034@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4035These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
4036one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
4037@code{b.out}.
4038
4039@end ifset
4040@ifclear BOUT
4041@node a.out Symbols
4042@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4043
4044@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4045@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4046
4047@end ifclear
4048@end ifclear
4049@ifset GENERIC
4050@node a.out Symbols
4051@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4052
4053@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4054@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4055
4056@end ifset
4057@menu
4058* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4059* Symbol Other:: Other
4060@end menu
4061
4062@node Symbol Desc
4063@subsubsection Descriptor
4064
4065@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4066This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4067descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4068(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4069@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4070
4071@node Symbol Other
4072@subsubsection Other
4073
4074@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4075This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4076@end ifset
4077
4078@ifset COFF
4079@node COFF Symbols
4080@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4081
4082@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4083@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4084
4085The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4086like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4087@code{.endef} directives.
4088
4089@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4090
4091@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4092The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4093respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4094
4095@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4096
4097@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4098The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4099@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4100table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4101@end ifset
4102
4103@ifset SOM
4104@node SOM Symbols
4105@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4106
4107@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4108@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4109
4110The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4111the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4112
01642c12 4113The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4114Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4115@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4116@end ifset
4117
4118@node Expressions
4119@chapter Expressions
4120
4121@cindex expressions
4122@cindex addresses
4123@cindex numeric values
4124An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4125Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4126
4127The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4128a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4129enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4130section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4131the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4132@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4133
4134@menu
4135* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4136* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4137@end menu
4138
4139@node Empty Exprs
4140@section Empty Expressions
4141
4142@cindex empty expressions
4143@cindex expressions, empty
4144An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4145Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4146expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4147is compatible with other assemblers.
4148
4149@node Integer Exprs
4150@section Integer Expressions
4151
4152@cindex integer expressions
4153@cindex expressions, integer
4154An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4155by @emph{operators}.
4156
4157@menu
4158* Arguments:: Arguments
4159* Operators:: Operators
4160* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4161* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4162@end menu
4163
4164@node Arguments
4165@subsection Arguments
4166
4167@cindex expression arguments
4168@cindex arguments in expressions
4169@cindex operands in expressions
4170@cindex arithmetic operands
4171@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4172contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4173this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4174the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4175expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4176instruction operands.
4177
4178Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4179@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4180or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4181integer.
4182
4183Numbers are usually integers.
4184
4185A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4186that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4187these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4188instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4189assemblers.
4190
4191@cindex subexpressions
4192Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4193expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4194operator followed by an argument.
4195
4196@node Operators
4197@subsection Operators
4198
4199@cindex operators, in expressions
4200@cindex arithmetic functions
4201@cindex functions, in expressions
4202@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4203operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4204between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4205whitespace.
4206
4207@node Prefix Ops
4208@subsection Prefix Operator
4209
4210@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4211@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4212one argument, which must be absolute.
4213
4214@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4215@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4216@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4217@tex
4218\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4219@end tex
4220
4221@table @code
4222@item -
4223@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4224@item ~
4225@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4226@end table
4227
4228@tex
4229\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4230@end tex
4231
4232@node Infix Ops
4233@subsection Infix Operators
4234
4235@cindex infix operators
4236@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4237@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4238have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4239to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4240absolute, and the result is absolute.
4241
4242@enumerate
4243@cindex operator precedence
4244@cindex precedence of operators
4245
4246@item
4247Highest Precedence
4248
4249@table @code
4250@item *
4251@dfn{Multiplication}.
4252
4253@item /
4254@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4255
4256@item %
4257@dfn{Remainder}.
4258
d1eac9d9 4259@item <<
252b5132
RH
4260@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4261
d1eac9d9 4262@item >>
252b5132
RH
4263@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4264@end table
4265
4266@item
4267Intermediate precedence
4268
4269@table @code
4270@item |
4271
4272@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4273
4274@item &
4275@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4276
4277@item ^
4278@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4279
4280@item !
4281@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4282@end table
4283
4284@item
b131d4dc 4285Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4286
4287@table @code
4288@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4289@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4290@cindex arguments for addition
4291@item +
4292@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4293the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4294sections.
4295
4296@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4297@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4298@cindex arguments for subtraction
4299@item -
4300@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4301result has the section of the left argument.
4302If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4303You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4304@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4305
4306@cindex comparison expressions
4307@cindex expressions, comparison
4308@item ==
4309@dfn{Is Equal To}
4310@item <>
723a8472 4311@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4312@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4313@item <
4314@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4315@item >
b131d4dc 4316@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4317@item >=
b131d4dc 4318@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4319@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4320@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4321
4322The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4323value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4324perform signed comparisons.
4325@end table
4326
4327@item Lowest Precedence
4328
4329@table @code
4330@item &&
4331@dfn{Logical And}.
4332
4333@item ||
4334@dfn{Logical Or}.
4335
4336These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4337expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4338value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4339or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4340
252b5132
RH
4341@end table
4342@end enumerate
4343
4344In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4345address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4346
4347@node Pseudo Ops
4348@chapter Assembler Directives
4349
4350@cindex directives, machine independent
4351@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4352@cindex machine independent directives
4353All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4354The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4355in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4356
4357This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4358target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4359@ifset GENERIC
4360Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4361@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4362@end ifset
4363@ifclear GENERIC
4364@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4365@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4366@end ifset
4367@end ifclear
4368
4369@menu
4370* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4371@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4372* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4373@end ifset
f0dc282c 4374
252b5132 4375* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4376* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4377* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4378* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4379* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4380* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4381* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4382* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4383* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4384* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4385@ifset COFF
4386* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4387@end ifset
4388@ifset aout-bout
4389* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4390@end ifset
4391@ifset COFF
4392* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4393@end ifset
f0dc282c 4394
252b5132
RH
4395* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4396* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4397* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4398* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4399* End:: @code{.end}
4400@ifset COFF
4401* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4402@end ifset
f0dc282c 4403
252b5132
RH
4404* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4405* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4406* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4407* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4408* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4409* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4410* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4411* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4412* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4413* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4414* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4415* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4416* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4417* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4418* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4419@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4420* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4421* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4422@end ifset
f0dc282c 4423
252b5132
RH
4424* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4425* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4426* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4427* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4428* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4429* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4430@ifset ELF
4431* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4432@end ifset
f0dc282c 4433
252b5132
RH
4434* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4435* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4436* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4437* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4438@ifclear no-line-dir
4439* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4440@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4441
252b5132
RH
4442* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4443* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4444* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4445* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4446* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4447@ifset ELF
4448* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4449@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4450
252b5132
RH
4451* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4452@ignore
4453* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4454@end ignore
f0dc282c 4455
252b5132
RH
4456* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4457* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4458* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4459* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4460* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4461* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4462* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4463* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4464@ifset ELF
4465* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4466* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4467@end ifset
f0dc282c 4468
252b5132 4469* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4470@ifset ELF
4471* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4472@end ifset
f0dc282c 4473
252b5132
RH
4474* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4475* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4476@ifset ELF
4477* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4478@end ifset
f0dc282c 4479
252b5132 4480* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4481* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4482* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4483* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4484@ifset COFF
4485* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4486@end ifset
4487@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4488* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4489@end ifset
f0dc282c 4490
252b5132
RH
4491* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4492* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4493* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4494@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4495* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4496@end ifset
884f0d36 4497@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4498* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4499@end ifclear
4500
252b5132 4501* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4502@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4503* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4504@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4505@ifset have-stabs
4506* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4507@end ifset
f0dc282c 4508
38a57ae7 4509* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4510* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4511@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4512* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4513* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4514@end ifset
f0dc282c 4515
252b5132
RH
4516@ifset COFF
4517* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4518@end ifset
f0dc282c 4519
252b5132
RH
4520* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4521* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4522@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4523* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4524@end ifset
4525
c91d2e08 4526* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4527@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4528* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4529@end ifset
f0dc282c 4530
2e13b764 4531@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4532* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4533* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4534* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4535@end ifset
f0dc282c 4536
d190d046 4537* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4538* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4539* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4540* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4541@ifclear no-space-dir
4542* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4543@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4544* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4545@end menu
4546
4547@node Abort
4548@section @code{.abort}
4549
4550@cindex @code{abort} directive
4551@cindex stopping the assembly
4552This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4553compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4554assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4555of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4556quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4557
4558@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4559@node ABORT (COFF)
4560@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4561
4562@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4563When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4564synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4565
4566@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4567When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4568but ignores it.
4569@end ifset
4570@end ifset
4571
4572@node Align
4573@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4574
4575@cindex padding the location counter
4576@cindex @code{align} directive
4577Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4578boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4579required, as described below.
4580
4581The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4582padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4583padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4584marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4585with no-op instructions.
4586
4587The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4588it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4589directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4590specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4591fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4592required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4593with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4594
4595The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4596For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4597s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4598alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4599the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4600is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4601first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4602
9e9a9798 4603For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4604strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4605number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4606advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4607counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4608multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4609
4610This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4611native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4612GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4613described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4614architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4615
ccf8a69b
BW
4616@node Altmacro
4617@section @code{.altmacro}
4618Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4619
4620@ftable @code
4621@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4622One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4623generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4624replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4625replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4626separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4627define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4628
4629@item String delimiters
4630You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4631@code{"@var{string}"}:
4632
4633@table @code
4634@item '@var{string}'
4635You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4636
4637@item <@var{string}>
4638You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4639@end table
4640
4641@item single-character string escape
4642To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4643character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4644character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4645write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4646
4647@item Expression results as strings
4648You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4649and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4650@end ftable
4651
252b5132
RH
4652@node Ascii
4653@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4654
4655@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4656@cindex string literals
4657@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4658separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4659trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4660
4661@node Asciz
4662@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4663
4664@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4665@cindex zero-terminated strings
4666@cindex null-terminated strings
4667@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4668a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4669
4670@node Balign
4671@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4672
4673@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4674@cindex @code{balign} directive
4675Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4676storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4677alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4678the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4679is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4680
4681The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4682padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4683padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4684marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4685with no-op instructions.
4686
4687The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4688it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4689directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4690specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4691fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4692required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4693with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4694
4695@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4696@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4697The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4698@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4699pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4700fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47014,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4702filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4703the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4704undefined.
4705
fa94de6b 4706@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4707@section Bundle directives
4708@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4709@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4710@cindex bundle
4711@cindex instruction bundle
4712@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4713@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4714bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4715into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4716disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4717gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4718@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4719
4720For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4721certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4722instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4723@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4724chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4725effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4726instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4727that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4728end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4729starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4730instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4731
d3b47e2b 4732@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4733@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4734@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4735The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4736allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4737are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4738aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4739@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4740directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4741
4742@cindex bundle-locked
4743For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4744appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4745instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4746and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4747instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4748sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4749@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4750entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4751boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4752first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4753aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4754bundle size.
4755
d416e51d
RM
4756For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4757inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4758nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4759@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4760matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4761same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4762
252b5132
RH
4763@node Byte
4764@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4765
4766@cindex @code{byte} directive
4767@cindex integers, one byte
4768@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4769Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4770
54cfded0 4771@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4772@section CFI directives
4773@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4774@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4775@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4776should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4777If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4778if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4779To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4780directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4781
2f0c68f2
CM
4782On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4783by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4784
bd5608dc
NC
4785Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4786which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4787
4788The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4789arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4790generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4791redefine it will result in an error.
4792
d3b47e2b 4793@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4794@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4795@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4796should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4797data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4798@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4799
01642c12 4800Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4801it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4802
d3b47e2b 4803@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4804@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4805@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4806unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4807@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4808
d3b47e2b 4809@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4810@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4811@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4812@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4813should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4814argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4815a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4816the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4817can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4818The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4819no personality routine.
4820
2f0c68f2
CM
4821@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4822@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4823@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4824defined in a compact unwinding format.
4825Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4826with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4827
4828@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4829@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4830@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4831used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4832@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4833in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4834Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4835with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4836
d3b47e2b 4837@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4838@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4839@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4840should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4841argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4842or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4843meaning that no LSDA is present.
4844
4845@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4846@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4847switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4848Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4849Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4850with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4851
4852The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4853so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4854referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4855in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4856by a section directive.
4857
4858The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4859The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4860@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4861
d3b47e2b 4862@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4863@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4864address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4865
d3b47e2b 4866@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4867@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4868now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4869remains the same.
4870
d3b47e2b 4871@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4872@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4873remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4874absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4875CFA address.
4876
d3b47e2b 4877@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4878Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4879value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4880
d3b47e2b 4881@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4882Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4883CFA.
54cfded0 4884
084303b8
AK
4885@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4886Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4887
d3b47e2b 4888@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4889Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4890the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4891using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4892This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4893code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4894
d3b47e2b 4895@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4896Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4897
d3b47e2b 4898@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4899@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4900same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4901instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4902
d3b47e2b 4903@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4904From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4905
d3b47e2b 4906@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4907Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4908i.e. no restoration needed.
4909
48eac74c
MG
4910@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4911@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4912implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4913places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4914multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4915flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4916the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4917
4918@smallexample
4919 je label
4920 popq %rbx
4921 .cfi_restore %rbx
4922 popq %r12
4923 .cfi_restore %r12
4924 popq %rbp
4925 .cfi_restore %rbp
4926 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4927 ret
4928label:
4929 /* Do something else */
4930@end smallexample
4931
4932Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4933to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4934@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4935locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4936@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4937we can write:
4938
4939@smallexample
4940 je label
4941 popq %rbx
4942 .cfi_remember_state
4943 .cfi_restore %rbx
4944 popq %r12
4945 .cfi_restore %r12
4946 popq %rbp
4947 .cfi_restore %rbp
4948 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4949 ret
4950label:
4951 .cfi_restore_state
4952 /* Do something else */
4953@end smallexample
4954
4955That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4956as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4957@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4958
d3b47e2b 4959@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4960Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4961directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4962
d3b47e2b 4963@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4964Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4965
d3b47e2b 4966@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4967SPARC register window has been saved.
4968
d3b47e2b 4969@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4970Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4971might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4972opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4973
d3b47e2b 4974@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4975The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4976will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4977description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4978
4979The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4980limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4981mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4982by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4983or another register.
4984
ccf8a69b
BW
4985@node Comm
4986@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4987
ccf8a69b
BW
4988@cindex @code{comm} directive
4989@cindex symbol, common
4990@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4991common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4992of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4993definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4994allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4995absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4996the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4997using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4998
c1711530
DK
4999@ifset COFF-ELF
5000When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5001an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5002specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5003that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5004as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5005boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5006power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5007common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5008alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5009largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5010maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5011is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5012@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5013multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5014It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5015(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5016@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5017
ccf8a69b
BW
5018@ifset HPPA
5019The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5020@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5021@end ifset
07a53e5c 5022
252b5132
RH
5023@node Data
5024@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
5025
5026@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 5027@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5028end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5029absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5030to zero.
5031
5032@ifset COFF
5033@node Def
5034@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5035
5036@cindex @code{def} directive
5037@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5038@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5039Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5040definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
5041@ifset BOUT
5042
a4fb0134 5043This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
5044format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
5045but ignored.
5046@end ifset
5047@end ifset
5048
5049@ifset aout-bout
5050@node Desc
5051@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5052
5053@cindex @code{desc} directive
5054@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5055@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5056This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5057to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5058
5059@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5060The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5061configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5062object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5063it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5064@end ifset
5065@end ifset
5066
5067@ifset COFF
5068@node Dim
5069@section @code{.dim}
5070
5071@cindex @code{dim} directive
5072@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5073@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5074This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5075information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5076@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5077@ifset BOUT
5078
5079@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5080@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5081ignores it.
5082@end ifset
5083@end ifset
5084
5085@node Double
5086@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5087
5088@cindex @code{double} directive
5089@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5090@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5091assembles floating point numbers.
5092@ifset GENERIC
5093The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5094@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5095@end ifset
5096@ifclear GENERIC
5097@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5098On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5099in @sc{ieee} format.
5100@end ifset
5101@end ifclear
5102
5103@node Eject
5104@section @code{.eject}
5105
5106@cindex @code{eject} directive
5107@cindex new page, in listings
5108@cindex page, in listings
5109@cindex listing control: new page
5110Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5111
5112@node Else
5113@section @code{.else}
5114
5115@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5116@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5117assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5118of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5119was false.
5120
3fd9f047
TW
5121@node Elseif
5122@section @code{.elseif}
5123
5124@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5125@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5126assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5127@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5128
252b5132
RH
5129@node End
5130@section @code{.end}
5131
5132@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5133@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5134process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5135
5136@ifset COFF
5137@node Endef
5138@section @code{.endef}
5139
5140@cindex @code{endef} directive
5141This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5142@code{.def}.
5143@ifset BOUT
5144
5145@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5146@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5147directive but ignores it.
5148@end ifset
5149@end ifset
5150
5151@node Endfunc
5152@section @code{.endfunc}
5153@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5154@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5155
5156@node Endif
5157@section @code{.endif}
5158
5159@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5160@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5161it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5162conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5163
5164@node Equ
5165@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5166
5167@cindex @code{equ} directive
5168@cindex assigning values to symbols
5169@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5170This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5171It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5172
5173@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5174The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5175@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5176@end ifset
5177
3c9b82ba 5178@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5179The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5180@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5181On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5182but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5183Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5184@end ifset
5185
252b5132
RH
5186@node Equiv
5187@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5188@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5189The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5190the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5191symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5192undefined.
252b5132 5193
01642c12 5194Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5195@smallexample
5196.ifdef SYM
5197.err
5198.endif
5199.equ SYM,VAL
5200@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5201plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5202
5203@node Eqv
5204@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5205@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5206The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5207evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5208the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5209value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5210
5211@node Err
5212@section @code{.err}
5213@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5214If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5215message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5216object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5217
d190d046
HPN
5218@node Error
5219@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5220@cindex error directive
5221
5222Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5223string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5224message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5225@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5226
5227@smallexample
5228 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5229@end smallexample
5230
252b5132
RH
5231@node Exitm
5232@section @code{.exitm}
5233Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5234
5235@node Extern
5236@section @code{.extern}
5237
5238@cindex @code{extern} directive
5239@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5240with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5241all undefined symbols as external.
5242
5243@node Fail
5244@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5245
5246@cindex @code{fail} directive
5247Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5248or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5249than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5250include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5251complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5252
252b5132 5253@node File
14082c76 5254@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5255@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5256
5257@ifclear no-file-dir
5258There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5259that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5260@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5261
5262@subheading Default Version
5263
252b5132
RH
5264@cindex logical file name
5265@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5266This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5267are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5268
5269@smallexample
5270.file @var{string}
5271@end smallexample
5272
5273@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5274recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5275to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5276statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5277old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5278
5279@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5280@end ifclear
5281
14082c76
BW
5282When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5283to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5284
5285@smallexample
5286.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5287@end smallexample
5288
5289The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5290index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5291literal.
5292
5293The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5294table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5295information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5296entries will have.
5297
252b5132
RH
5298@node Fill
5299@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5300
5301@cindex @code{fill} directive
5302@cindex writing patterns in memory
5303@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5304@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5305This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5306may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5307more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5308other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5309is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5310zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5311byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5312Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5313@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5314compatible with other people's assemblers.
5315
5316@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5317If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5318assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5319@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5320
5321@node Float
5322@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5323
5324@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5325@cindex @code{float} directive
5326This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5327has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5328@ifset GENERIC
5329The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5330@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5331@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5332@end ifset
5333@ifclear GENERIC
5334@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5335On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5336in @sc{ieee} format.
5337@end ifset
5338@end ifclear
5339
5340@node Func
5341@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5342@cindex @code{func} directive
5343@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5344is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5345Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5346@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5347prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5348@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5349All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5350The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5351
5352@node Global
5353@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5354
5355@cindex @code{global} directive
5356@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5357@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5358@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5359other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5360@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5361from another file linked into the same program.
5362
5363Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5364compatibility with other assemblers.
5365
5366@ifset HPPA
5367On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5368partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5369@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5370@end ifset
5371
c91d2e08 5372@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5373@node Gnu_attribute
5374@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5375Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5376
c91d2e08
NC
5377@node Hidden
5378@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5379
c1253627
NC
5380@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5381@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5382This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5383@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5384@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5385
5386This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5387their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5388@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5389Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5390@end ifset
5391
252b5132
RH
5392@node hword
5393@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5394
5395@cindex @code{hword} directive
5396@cindex integers, 16-bit
5397@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5398@cindex sixteen bit integers
5399This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5400a 16 bit number for each.
5401
5402@ifset GENERIC
5403This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5404architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5405@end ifset
5406@ifclear GENERIC
5407@ifset W32
5408This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5409@end ifset
5410@ifset W16
5411This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5412@end ifset
5413@end ifclear
5414
5415@node Ident
5416@section @code{.ident}
5417
5418@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5419
5420This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5421behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5422a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5423source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5424for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5425@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5426emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5427
5428@node If
5429@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5430
5431@cindex conditional assembly
5432@cindex @code{if} directive
5433@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5434considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5435(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5436the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5437(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5438alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5439If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5440nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5441
5442The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5443@table @code
5444@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5445@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5446Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5447has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5448is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5449
26aca5f6
JB
5450@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5451@item .ifb @var{text}
5452Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5453
252b5132
RH
5454@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5455@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5456Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5457strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5458the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5459end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5460string comparison is case sensitive.
5461
5462@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5463@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5464Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5465
5466@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5467@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5468Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5469
5470@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5471@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5472Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5473equal to zero.
5474
5475@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5476@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5477Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5478
5479@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5480@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5481Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5482to zero.
5483
5484@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5485@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5486Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5487
26aca5f6
JB
5488@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5489@item .ifnb @var{text}
5490Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5491following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5492
252b5132
RH
5493@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5494@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5495Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5496following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5497
5498@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5499@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5500@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5501@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5502Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5503has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5504which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5505
5506@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5507@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5508Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5509(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5510
5511@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5512@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5513Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5514following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5515@end table
5516
7e005732
NC
5517@node Incbin
5518@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5519
5520@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5521@cindex binary files, including
5522The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5523location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5524option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5525around @var{file}.
5526
5527The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5528@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5529read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5530responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5531after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5532
252b5132
RH
5533@node Include
5534@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5535
5536@cindex @code{include} directive
5537@cindex supporting files, including
5538@cindex files, including
5539This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5540points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5541if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5542included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5543can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5544(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5545around @var{file}.
5546
5547@node Int
5548@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5549
5550@cindex @code{int} directive
5551@cindex integers, 32-bit
5552Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5553For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5554expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5555of target the assembly is for.
5556
5557@ifclear GENERIC
5558@ifset H8
7be1c489 5559On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5560integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
556132-bit integers.
5562@end ifset
5563@end ifclear
5564
c91d2e08
NC
5565@ifset ELF
5566@node Internal
5567@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5568
c1253627
NC
5569@cindex @code{internal} directive
5570@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5571This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5572@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5573@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5574
5575This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5576their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5577@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5578(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5579processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5580@end ifset
5581
252b5132
RH
5582@node Irp
5583@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5584
5585@cindex @code{irp} directive
5586Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5587The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5588terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5589set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5590@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5591@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5592sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5593
5594For example, assembling
5595
5596@example
5597 .irp param,1,2,3
5598 move d\param,sp@@-
5599 .endr
5600@end example
5601
5602is equivalent to assembling
5603
5604@example
5605 move d1,sp@@-
5606 move d2,sp@@-
5607 move d3,sp@@-
5608@end example
5609
96e9638b 5610For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5611
252b5132
RH
5612@node Irpc
5613@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5614
5615@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5616Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5617The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5618terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5619@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5620assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5621assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5622@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5623
5624For example, assembling
5625
5626@example
5627 .irpc param,123
5628 move d\param,sp@@-
5629 .endr
5630@end example
5631
5632is equivalent to assembling
5633
5634@example
5635 move d1,sp@@-
5636 move d2,sp@@-
5637 move d3,sp@@-
5638@end example
5639
5e75c3ab
JB
5640For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5641at @xref{Macro}.
5642
252b5132
RH
5643@node Lcomm
5644@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5645
5646@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5647@cindex local common symbols
5648@cindex symbols, local common
5649Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5650denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5651those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5652section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5653is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5654not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5655
5656@ifset GENERIC
5657Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5658argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5659@end ifset
5660
5661@ifset HPPA
5662The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5663@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5664@end ifset
5665
5666@node Lflags
5667@section @code{.lflags}
5668
5669@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5670@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5671assemblers, but ignores it.
5672
5673@ifclear no-line-dir
5674@node Line
5675@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5676
5677@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5678@cindex logical line number
5679@ifset aout-bout
5680Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5681expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5682statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5683reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5684@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5685for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5686@end ifset
5687
252b5132 5688Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5689@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5690when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5691were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5692@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5693
5694Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5695used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5696debugging.
5697@end ifclear
5698
5699@node Linkonce
5700@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5701@cindex COMDAT
5702@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5703@cindex common sections
5704Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5705This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5706but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5707The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5708Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5709unique.
5710
5711This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5712writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5713Executable format used on Windows NT.
5714
5715The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5716following strings. For example:
5717@smallexample
5718.linkonce same_size
5719@end smallexample
5720Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5721
5722@table @code
5723@item discard
5724Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5725
5726@item one_only
5727Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5728
5729@item same_size
5730Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5731
5732@item same_contents
5733Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5734@end table
5735
ccf8a69b
BW
5736@node List
5737@section @code{.list}
5738
5739@cindex @code{list} directive
5740@cindex listing control, turning on
5741Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5742not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5743internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5744counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5745generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5746
5747By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5748@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5749the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5750
252b5132
RH
5751@node Ln
5752@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5753
5754@cindex @code{ln} directive
5755@ifclear no-line-dir
5756@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5757@end ifclear
5758@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5759Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5760must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5761line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5762statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5763line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5764@ifset BOUT
5765
a4fb0134 5766This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5767configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5768output format.
5769@end ifset
5770@end ifset
5771
ccf8a69b
BW
5772@node Loc
5773@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5774@cindex @code{loc} directive
5775When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5776the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5777number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5778instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5779arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5780the row is added.
252b5132 5781
ccf8a69b
BW
5782The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5783
5784@table @code
5785@item basic_block
5786This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5787@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5788
5789@item prologue_end
5790This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5791@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5792
5793@item epilogue_begin
5794This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5795@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5796
5797@item is_stmt @var{value}
5798This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5799@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5800either 0 or 1.
5801
5802@item isa @var{value}
5803This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5804state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5805
92846e72
CC
5806@item discriminator @var{value}
5807This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5808state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5809
ccf8a69b
BW
5810@end table
5811
5812@node Loc_mark_labels
5813@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5814@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5815When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5816the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5817to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5818register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5819The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5820this function respectively.
252b5132 5821
4d4175af
BW
5822@ifset ELF
5823@node Local
5824@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5825
5826@cindex @code{local} directive
5827This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5828the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5829will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5830they will be created.
5831
5832For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5833accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5834the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5835(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5836@end ifset
5837
252b5132
RH
5838@node Long
5839@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5840
5841@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5842@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5843
5844@ignore
5845@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5846@c what it really ought to do
5847@node Lsym
5848@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5849
5850@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5851@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5852@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5853the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5854rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5855the same as the expression value:
5856@smallexample
5857@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5858@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5859@var{value} = @var{expression}
5860@end smallexample
5861@noindent
5862The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5863@end ignore
5864
5865@node Macro
5866@section @code{.macro}
5867
5868@cindex macros
5869The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5870generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5871@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5872
5873@example
5874 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5875 .long \from
5876 .if \to-\from
5877 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5878 .endif
5879 .endm
5880@end example
5881
5882@noindent
5883With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5884
5885@example
5886 .long 0
5887 .long 1
5888 .long 2
5889 .long 3
5890 .long 4
5891 .long 5
5892@end example
5893
5894@ftable @code
5895@item .macro @var{macname}
5896@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5897@cindex @code{macro} directive
5898Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5899definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5900separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5901indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5902@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5903(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5904macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5905cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5906subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5907definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5908
5909@table @code
5910@item .macro comm
5911Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5912arguments.
5913
6258339f 5914@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5915@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5916Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5917which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5918@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5919
5920@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5921Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5922arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5923After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5924@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5925@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5926,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5927@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5928
6eaeac8a
JB
5929@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5930Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5931arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5932not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5933will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5934
252b5132
RH
5935When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5936position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5937@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5938
6258339f
NC
5939@end table
5940
5e75c3ab
JB
5941Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5942as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5943occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5944characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5945(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5946architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5947character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5948replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5949construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5950identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5951this macro definition:
5952
5953@example
5954 .macro label l
5955\l:
5956 .endm
5957@end example
5958
5959might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5960called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5961assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5962identifier.
5963
5964Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5965which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5966for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5967length specifier like this:
5968
5969@example
5970 .macro opcode base length
5971 \base.\length
5972 .endm
5973@end example
5974
5975and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5976instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5977interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5978
5979There are several possible ways around this problem:
5980
5981@table @code
5982@item Insert white space
5983If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5984solution. eg:
5985
5986@example
5987 .macro label l
5988\l :
5989 .endm
5990@end example
5991
5992@item Use @samp{\()}
5993The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5994the following text. eg:
5995
5996@example
5997 .macro opcode base length
5998 \base\().\length
5999 .endm
6000@end example
6001
6002@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6003In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6004used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6005
6006@example
6007 .altmacro
6008 .macro label l
6009l&:
6010 .endm
6011@end example
6258339f 6012@end table
5e75c3ab 6013
96e9638b 6014Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6015also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6016and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6017
252b5132
RH
6018@item .endm
6019@cindex @code{endm} directive
6020Mark the end of a macro definition.
6021
6022@item .exitm
6023@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6024Exit early from the current macro definition.
6025
6026@cindex number of macros executed
6027@cindex macros, count executed
6028@item \@@
a4fb0134 6029@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6030executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6031output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6032
252b5132
RH
6033@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6034@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6035macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6036@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6037@end ftable
252b5132 6038
ccf8a69b
BW
6039@node MRI
6040@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6041
ccf8a69b
BW
6042@cindex @code{mri} directive
6043@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6044If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6045@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6046affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6047of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6048
caa32fe5
NC
6049@node Noaltmacro
6050@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6051Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6052
252b5132
RH
6053@node Nolist
6054@section @code{.nolist}
6055
6056@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6057@cindex listing control, turning off
6058Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6059not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6060internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6061counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6062generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6063
6064@node Octa
6065@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6066
6067@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6068@cindex @code{octa} directive
6069@cindex integer, 16-byte
6070@cindex sixteen byte integer
6071This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6072bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6073
6074The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6075hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6076
9aec2026
NC
6077@node Offset
6078@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6079
6080@cindex @code{offset} directive
6081Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6082be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6083symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6084directive.
9aec2026 6085
252b5132
RH
6086@node Org
6087@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6088
6089@cindex @code{org} directive
6090@cindex location counter, advancing
6091@cindex advancing location counter
6092@cindex current address, advancing
6093Advance the location counter of the current section to
6094@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6095expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6096you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6097wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6098with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6099@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6100is the same as the current subsection.
6101
6102@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6103unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6104backwards.
6105
6106@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6107@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6108@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6109Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6110may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6111a chance to share your improved assembler.
6112
6113Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6114to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6115people's assemblers.
6116
6117When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6118intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6119absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6120@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6121
6122@node P2align
6123@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6124
6125@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6126@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6127Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6128storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6129number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6130advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6131counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6132multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6133
6134The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6135padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6136padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6137marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6138with no-op instructions.
6139
6140The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6141it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6142directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6143specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6144fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6145required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6146with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6147
6148@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6149@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6150The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6151@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6152pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6153fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61542,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6155filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6156the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6157undefined.
6158
ccf8a69b
BW
6159@ifset ELF
6160@node PopSection
6161@section @code{.popsection}
6162
6163@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6164@cindex Section Stack
6165This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6166@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6167@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6168(@pxref{Previous}).
6169
6170This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6171section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6172stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6173@end ifset
6174
c91d2e08
NC
6175@ifset ELF
6176@node Previous
6177@section @code{.previous}
6178
c1253627 6179@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6180@cindex Section Stack
6181This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6182@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6183@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6184(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6185
6186This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6187referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6188@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6189subsections). For example:
6190
6191@smallexample
6192.section A
6193 .subsection 1
6194 .word 0x1234
6195 .subsection 2
6196 .word 0x5678
6197.previous
6198 .word 0x9abc
6199@end smallexample
6200
6201Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6202section A. Whilst:
6203
6204@smallexample
6205.section A
6206.subsection 1
6207 # Now in section A subsection 1
6208 .word 0x1234
6209.section B
6210.subsection 0
6211 # Now in section B subsection 0
6212 .word 0x5678
6213.subsection 1
6214 # Now in section B subsection 1
6215 .word 0x9abc
6216.previous
6217 # Now in section B subsection 0
6218 .word 0xdef0
6219@end smallexample
6220
6221Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6222section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6223
6224In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6225the top section on the section stack.
6226@end ifset
6227
252b5132
RH
6228@node Print
6229@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6230
6231@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6232@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6233assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6234
c91d2e08
NC
6235@ifset ELF
6236@node Protected
6237@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6238
c1253627
NC
6239@cindex @code{protected} directive
6240@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6241This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6242@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6243
6244This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6245their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6246@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6247components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6248component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6249this.
c91d2e08
NC
6250@end ifset
6251
252b5132
RH
6252@node Psize
6253@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6254
6255@cindex @code{psize} directive
6256@cindex listing control: paper size
6257@cindex paper size, for listings
6258Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6259number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6260
6261If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6262of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6263default width is 200 columns.
6264
a4fb0134 6265@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6266lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6267@code{.eject}).
6268
6269If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6270those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6271
6272@node Purgem
6273@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6274
6275@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6276Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6277expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6278
c91d2e08
NC
6279@ifset ELF
6280@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6281@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6282
c1253627 6283@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6284@cindex Section Stack
6285This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6286@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6287@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6288(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6289
e9863d7f
DJ
6290This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6291top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6292subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6293@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6294as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6295@end ifset
6296
252b5132
RH
6297@node Quad
6298@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6299
6300@cindex @code{quad} directive
6301@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6302each bignum, it emits
6303@ifclear bignum-16
6304an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6305warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6306@cindex eight-byte integer
6307@cindex integer, 8-byte
6308
6309The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6310hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6311@end ifclear
6312@ifset bignum-16
6313a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6314warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6315@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6316@cindex integer, 16-byte
6317@end ifset
6318
05e9452c
AM
6319@node Reloc
6320@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6321
6322@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6323Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6324@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6325the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6326symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6327@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6328absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6329targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6330relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6331section.
6332
252b5132
RH
6333@node Rept
6334@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6335
6336@cindex @code{rept} directive
6337Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6338@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6339
6340For example, assembling
6341
6342@example
6343 .rept 3
6344 .long 0
6345 .endr
6346@end example
6347
6348is equivalent to assembling
6349
6350@example
6351 .long 0
6352 .long 0
6353 .long 0
6354@end example
6355
6356@node Sbttl
6357@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6358
6359@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6360@cindex subtitles for listings
6361@cindex listing control: subtitle
6362Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6363title line) when generating assembly listings.
6364
6365This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6366it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6367
6368@ifset COFF
6369@node Scl
6370@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6371
6372@cindex @code{scl} directive
6373@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6374@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6375Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6376used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6377whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6378symbolic debugging information.
6379@ifset BOUT
6380
6381The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6382configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6383accepts this directive but ignores it.
6384@end ifset
6385@end ifset
6386
c1253627 6387@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6388@node Section
c1253627 6389@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6390
252b5132
RH
6391@cindex named section
6392Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6393named @var{name}.
6394
6395This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6396named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6397with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6398
c1253627
NC
6399@ifset COFF
6400@ifset ELF
6401@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6402@subheading COFF Version
6403@end ifset
6404
6405@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6406For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6407ways:
c91d2e08 6408
252b5132
RH
6409@smallexample
6410.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6411.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6412@end smallexample
6413
6414If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6415section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6416
252b5132
RH
6417@table @code
6418@item b
6419bss section (uninitialized data)
6420@item n
6421section is not loaded
6422@item w
6423writable section
6424@item d
6425data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6426@item e
6427exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6428@item r
6429read-only section
6430@item x
6431executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6432@item s
6433shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6434@item a
6435ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6436@item y
6437section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6438@item 0-9
6439single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6440@end table
6441
6442If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6443the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6444loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6445from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6446will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6447
6448If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6449taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6450@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6451
6452@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6453@ifset COFF
6454@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6455@subheading ELF Version
6456@end ifset
6457
c91d2e08
NC
6458@cindex Section Stack
6459This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6460@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6461(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6462@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6463
c1253627 6464@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6465For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6466
252b5132 6467@smallexample
7047dd1e 6468.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6469@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6470
451133ce
NP
6471@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6472@kindex --sectname-subst
6473@cindex section name substitution
6474If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6475argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6476at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6477
6478@smallexample
6479.macro exception_code
6480.section %S.exception
6481[exception code here]
6482.previous
6483.endm
6484
6485.text
6486[code]
6487exception_code
6488[...]
6489
6490.section .init
6491[init code]
6492exception_code
6493[...]
6494@end smallexample
6495
6496The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6497@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6498This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6499tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6500need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6501macros just for that purpose.
6502
252b5132 6503The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6504combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6505
252b5132
RH
6506@table @code
6507@item a
6508section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6509@item e
6510section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6511@item w
6512section is writable
6513@item x
6514section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6515@item M
6516section is mergeable
6517@item S
6518section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6519@item G
6520section is a member of a section group
6521@item T
6522section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6523@item ?
6524section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6525@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6526a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6527field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6528also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6529resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6530@item @code{<target specific>}
6531some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6532@end table
6533
9fb71ee4
NC
6534Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6535a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6536flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6537@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6538(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6539section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6540
252b5132 6541The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6542
252b5132
RH
6543@table @code
6544@item @@progbits
6545section contains data
6546@item @@nobits
6547section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6548@item @@note
6549section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6550@item @@init_array
6551section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6552@item @@fini_array
6553section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6554@item @@preinit_array
6555section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6556@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6557a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6558@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6559some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6560@end table
6561
9fb71ee4
NC
6562Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6563enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6564
ececec60
NC
6565Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6566ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6567@code{%} character.
6568
9fb71ee4
NC
6569Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6570special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6571type will generate an error from the assembler.
6572
22fe14ad 6573If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6574be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6575
6576@smallexample
6577.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6578@end smallexample
6579
6580Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6581constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6582@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6583@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6584the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6585absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6586which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6587@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6588@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6589
6590If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6591be present along with an additional field like this:
6592
6593@smallexample
6594.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6595@end smallexample
6596
6597The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6598particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6599
22fe14ad
NC
6600@table @code
6601@item comdat
6602indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6603@item .gnu.linkonce
6604an alias for comdat
6605@end table
6606
96e9638b 6607Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6608the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6609
6610@smallexample
6611.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6612@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6613
01642c12
RM
6614If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6615@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6616present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6617this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6618@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6619If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6620
252b5132
RH
6621If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6622the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6623none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6624executable. The section will contain data.
6625
6626For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6627directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6628
252b5132
RH
6629@smallexample
6630.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6631@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6632
252b5132
RH
6633Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6634separated flags:
eda683bb 6635
252b5132
RH
6636@table @code
6637@item #alloc
6638section is allocatable
6639@item #write
6640section is writable
6641@item #execinstr
6642section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6643@item #exclude
6644section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6645@item #tls
6646section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6647@end table
c91d2e08 6648
e9863d7f
DJ
6649This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6650contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6651some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6652work.
c1253627
NC
6653@end ifset
6654@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6655
6656@node Set
6657@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6658
6659@cindex @code{set} directive
6660@cindex symbol value, setting
6661Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6662changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6663@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6664flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6665
5d239759
NC
6666You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6667values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6668involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6669being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6670addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6671final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6672the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6673different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6674
6675If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6676file is the last value stored into it.
6677
3c9b82ba
NC
6678@ifset Z80
6679On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6680@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6681@end ifset
6682
252b5132
RH
6683@node Short
6684@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6685
6686@cindex @code{short} directive
6687@ifset GENERIC
6688@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6689@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6690
6691In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6692numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6693@end ifset
6694@ifclear GENERIC
6695@ifset W16
6696@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6697@end ifset
6698@ifset W32
6699This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6700a 16 bit number for each.
6701@end ifset
6702@end ifclear
6703
6704@node Single
6705@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6706
6707@cindex @code{single} directive
6708@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6709This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6710has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6711@ifset GENERIC
6712The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6713@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6714@end ifset
6715@ifclear GENERIC
6716@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6717On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6718numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6719@end ifset
6720@end ifclear
6721
c1253627 6722@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6723@node Size
c1253627 6724@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6725
c1253627
NC
6726This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6727
6728@ifset COFF
6729@ifset ELF
6730@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6731@subheading COFF Version
6732@end ifset
6733
6734@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6735For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6736@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6737
6738@smallexample
6739.size @var{expression}
6740@end smallexample
252b5132 6741
c91d2e08 6742@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6743@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6744@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6745ignores it.
6746@end ifset
c1253627 6747@end ifset
c91d2e08 6748
c1253627
NC
6749@ifset ELF
6750@ifset COFF
6751@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6752@subheading ELF Version
6753@end ifset
6754
6755@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6756For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6757
c1253627
NC
6758@smallexample
6759.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6760@end smallexample
6761
6762This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6763The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6764arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6765symbols.
c1253627
NC
6766@end ifset
6767@end ifset
252b5132 6768
252b5132
RH
6769@ifclear no-space-dir
6770@node Skip
6771@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6772
6773@cindex @code{skip} directive
6774@cindex filling memory
6775This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6776@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6777@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6778@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6779@end ifclear
252b5132 6780
ccf8a69b
BW
6781@node Sleb128
6782@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6783
6784@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6785@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6786compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6787symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6788
884f0d36 6789@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6790@node Space
6791@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6792
6793@cindex @code{space} directive
6794@cindex filling memory
6795This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6796@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6797and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6798as @samp{.skip}.
6799
6800@ifset HPPA
6801@quotation
6802@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6803targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6804Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6805@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6806for a summary.
6807@end quotation
6808@end ifset
6809@end ifclear
6810
252b5132
RH
6811@ifset have-stabs
6812@node Stab
6813@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6814
6815@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6816@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6817There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6818All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6819The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6820cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6821Up to five fields are required:
6822
6823@table @var
6824@item string
6825This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6826@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6827debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6828using this field.
6829
6830@item type
6831An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6832this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6833and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6834
6835@item other
6836An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6837low 8 bits of this expression.
6838
6839@item desc
6840An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6841bits of this expression.
6842
6843@item value
6844An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6845@end table
6846
6847If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6848or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6849you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6850compatible with earlier assemblers!
6851
6852@table @code
6853@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6854@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6855
6856The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6857It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6858null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6859strings.
6860
6861The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6862relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6863is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6864assembled.
6865
6866@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6867@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6868The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6869
6870@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6871@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6872All five fields are specified.
6873@end table
6874@end ifset
6875@c end have-stabs
6876
6877@node String
38a57ae7 6878@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6879"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6880
6881@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6882@cindex string8, copying to object file
6883@cindex string16, copying to object file
6884@cindex string32, copying to object file
6885@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6886@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6887@cindex @code{string8} directive
6888@cindex @code{string16} directive
6889@cindex @code{string32} directive
6890@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6891
6892Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6893one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6894particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6895You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6896
01642c12 6897The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6898the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6899copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6900are stored in target endianness byte order.
6901
6902Example:
6903@smallexample
6904 .string32 "BYE"
6905expands to:
6906 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6907 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6908@end smallexample
6909
6910
252b5132
RH
6911@node Struct
6912@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6913
6914@cindex @code{struct} directive
6915Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6916which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6917@smallexample
6918 .struct 0
6919field1:
6920 .struct field1 + 4
6921field2:
6922 .struct field2 + 4
6923field3:
6924@end smallexample
6925This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6926@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6927value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6928use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6929before further assembly.
6930
c91d2e08
NC
6931@ifset ELF
6932@node SubSection
6933@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6934
c1253627 6935@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6936@cindex Section Stack
6937This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6938@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6939@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6940(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6941
6942This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6943section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6944in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6945@end ifset
6946
252b5132
RH
6947@ifset ELF
6948@node Symver
6949@section @code{.symver}
6950@cindex @code{symver} directive
6951@cindex symbol versioning
6952@cindex versions of symbols
6953Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6954within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6955typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6956There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6957into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6958shared library.
6959
79082ff0 6960For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6961@smallexample
6962.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6963@end smallexample
339681c0 6964If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6965being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6966alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6967just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6968permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6969of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6970itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6971have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6972file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6973function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6974the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6975building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6976symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6977nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6978
6979If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6980references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6981reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6982symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6983
6984Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6985@smallexample
6986.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6987@end smallexample
6988In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6989the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6990difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6991references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6992
6993The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6994@smallexample
6995.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6996@end smallexample
6997When @var{name} is not defined within the
6998file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6999@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7000name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7001@end ifset
7002
7003@ifset COFF
7004@node Tag
7005@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7006
7007@cindex COFF structure debugging
7008@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7009@cindex @code{tag} directive
7010This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7011information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7012@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7013definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
7014@ifset BOUT
7015
7016@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7017@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
7018ignores it.
7019@end ifset
7020@end ifset
7021
7022@node Text
7023@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7024
7025@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7026Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7027the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7028expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7029is used.
7030
7031@node Title
7032@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7033
7034@cindex @code{title} directive
7035@cindex listing control: title line
7036Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7037source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7038
7039This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7040it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7041
c1253627 7042@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7043@node Type
c1253627
NC
7044@section @code{.type}
7045
7046This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7047
7048@ifset COFF
7049@ifset ELF
7050@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7051@subheading COFF Version
7052@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7053
7054@cindex COFF symbol type
7055@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7056@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7057For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7058@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7059
7060@smallexample
7061.type @var{int}
7062@end smallexample
7063
7064This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7065entry.
252b5132 7066
c91d2e08 7067@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7068@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7069@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7070directive but ignores it.
7071@end ifset
c1253627 7072@end ifset
c91d2e08 7073
c1253627
NC
7074@ifset ELF
7075@ifset COFF
7076@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7077@subheading ELF Version
7078@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7079
7080@cindex ELF symbol type
7081@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7082@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7083For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7084
7085@smallexample
7086.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7087@end smallexample
7088
7089This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7090function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7091supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7092compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7093
7094Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7095@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7096below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7097the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7098maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7099assemblers.
7100
7101The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7102
7103@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7104 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7105 .type <name>,#<type>
7106 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7107 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7108 .type <name>,"<type>"
7109@end smallexample
7110
7111The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7112
5671778d
NC
7113@table @gcctabopt
7114@item STT_FUNC
7115@itemx function
7116Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7117
d8045f23
NC
7118@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7119@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7120Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7121processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7122
5671778d
NC
7123@item STT_OBJECT
7124@itemx object
7125Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7126
7127@item STT_TLS
7128@itemx tls_object
7129Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
7130
7131@item STT_COMMON
7132@itemx common
7133Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7134
7135@item STT_NOTYPE
7136@itemx notype
7137Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7138
3e7a7d11
NC
7139@item gnu_unique_object
7140Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7141will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7142name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7143systems).
3e7a7d11 7144
5671778d
NC
7145@end table
7146
7147Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7148
c1253627
NC
7149@end ifset
7150@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7151
7152@node Uleb128
7153@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7154
7155@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7156@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7157compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7158symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7159
7160@ifset COFF
7161@node Val
7162@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7163
7164@cindex @code{val} directive
7165@cindex COFF value attribute
7166@cindex value attribute, COFF
7167This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7168records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7169entry.
7170@ifset BOUT
7171
a4fb0134 7172@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7173configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7174@end ifset
7175@end ifset
7176
2e13b764 7177@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7178@node Version
7179@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7180
c1253627 7181@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7182This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7183formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7184@end ifset
2e13b764 7185
c91d2e08
NC
7186@ifset ELF
7187@node VTableEntry
7188@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7189
653cfe85 7190@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7191This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7192@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7193
c91d2e08
NC
7194@node VTableInherit
7195@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7196
653cfe85 7197@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7198This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7199@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7200parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7201parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7202@end ifset
2e13b764 7203
d190d046
HPN
7204@node Warning
7205@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7206@cindex warning directive
7207Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7208(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7209
c91d2e08
NC
7210@node Weak
7211@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7212
c1253627 7213@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7214This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7215@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7216
01642c12 7217On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7218directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7219@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7220
977cdf5a 7221On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7222When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7223alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7224
06e77878
AO
7225@node Weakref
7226@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7227
7228@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7229This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7230be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7231If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7232will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7233symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7234
7235The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7236assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7237symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7238resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7239had the references to the alias removed.
7240
7241The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7242within the assembler.
7243
252b5132
RH
7244@node Word
7245@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7246
7247@cindex @code{word} directive
7248This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7249separated by commas.
7250@ifclear GENERIC
7251@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7252For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7253@end ifset
7254@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7255For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7256@end ifset
7257@end ifclear
7258@ifset GENERIC
7259
7260The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7261depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7262@end ifset
7263
7264@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7265@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7266@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7267@cindex difference tables altered
7268@cindex altered difference tables
7269@quotation
7270@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7271@end quotation
7272
7273@ifset GENERIC
7274Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7275addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7276interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7277@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7278
7279@end ifset
7280In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7281@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7282Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7283compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7284directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7285@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7286creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7287This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7288first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7289of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7290table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7291contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7292@code{sym2}.
7293
7294If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7295secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7296@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7297long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7298and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7299minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7300entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7301
7302@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7303@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7304@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7305assembly language programmers.
7306@end ifset
7307@end ifset
7308@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7309
7ce98c16
NC
7310@ifclear no-space-dir
7311@node Zero
7312@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7313
7314@cindex @code{zero} directive
7315@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7316This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7317expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7318so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7319instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7320@end ifclear
7321
252b5132
RH
7322@node Deprecated
7323@section Deprecated Directives
7324
7325@cindex deprecated directives
7326@cindex obsolescent directives
7327One day these directives won't work.
7328They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7329@table @t
7330@item .abort
7331@item .line
7332@end table
7333
3a99f02f
DJ
7334@ifset ELF
7335@node Object Attributes
7336@chapter Object Attributes
7337@cindex object attributes
7338
7339@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7340into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7341Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7342point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7343requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7344passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7345hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7346generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7347newer generation at run-time.
7348
7349This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7350@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7351time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7352correctly.
7353
7354Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7355attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7356string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7357and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7358or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7359attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7360
7361Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7362The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7363
7364@menu
7365* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7366* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7367@end menu
7368
7369@node GNU Object Attributes
7370@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7371
7372The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7373with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7374
7375Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7376its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7377an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73782} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7379architecture-dependent ones.
7380
7381@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7382
7383These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7384
7385@table @r
7386@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7387The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7388the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7389then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7390than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7391arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7392@end table
7393
7394@subsection MIPS Attributes
7395
7396@table @r
7397@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7398The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7399
7400@itemize @bullet
7401@item
74020 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7403@item
f179c512
MF
74041 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7405double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7406@item
74072 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7408@item
74093 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7410@item
f179c512
MF
74114 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7412floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7413number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7414@item
74155 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7416with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7417general-purpose registers.
7418@item
74196 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7420registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7421@item
74227 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7423registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7424direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7425@end itemize
7426@end table
7427
7428@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7429
7430@table @r
7431@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7432The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7433
7434@itemize @bullet
7435@item
74360 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7437@item
3c7b9897 74381 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7439@item
74402 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7441@item
74423 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7443@end itemize
7444
7445@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7446The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7447
7448@itemize @bullet
7449@item
74500 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7451@item
74521 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7453@item
74542 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7455@item
74563 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7457@end itemize
7458@end table
7459
643f7afb
AK
7460@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7461
7462@table @r
7463@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7464The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7465
7466@itemize @bullet
7467@item
74680 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7469@item
74701 for files using software vector ABI.
7471@item
74722 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7473@end itemize
7474@end table
7475
3a99f02f
DJ
7476@node Defining New Object Attributes
7477@section Defining New Object Attributes
7478
7479If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7480will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7481mailing list.
7482
7483@itemize @bullet
7484@item
7485This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7486@item
7487The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7488@item
7489The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7490and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7491@item
7492Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7493@item
7494@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7495@item
7496GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7497@end itemize
7498
7499@end ifset
7500
252b5132
RH
7501@ifset GENERIC
7502@node Machine Dependencies
7503@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7504
7505@cindex machine dependencies
7506The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7507each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7508vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7509directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7510assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7511@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7512optimization.
7513
7514This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7515include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7516subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7517
7518@menu
a06ea964
NC
7519@ifset AARCH64
7520* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7521@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7522@ifset ALPHA
7523* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7524@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7525@ifset ARC
7526* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7527@end ifset
7528@ifset ARM
7529* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7530@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7531@ifset AVR
7532* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7533@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7534@ifset Blackfin
7535* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7536@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7537@ifset CR16
7538* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7539@end ifset
8bf549a8 7540@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7541* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7542@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7543@ifset D10V
7544* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7545@end ifset
7546@ifset D30V
7547* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7548@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7549@ifset EPIPHANY
7550* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7551@end ifset
252b5132 7552@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7553* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7554@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7555@ifset HPPA
7556* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7557@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7558@ifset I370
7559* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7560@end ifset
252b5132 7561@ifset I80386
55b62671 7562* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7563@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7564@ifset I860
7565* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7566@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7567@ifset I960
7568* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7569@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7570@ifset IA64
7571* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7572@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7573@ifset IP2K
7574* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7575@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7576@ifset LM32
7577* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7578@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7579@ifset M32C
7580* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7581@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7582@ifset M32R
7583* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7584@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7585@ifset M680X0
7586* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7587@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7588@ifset M68HC11
7589* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7590@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7591@ifset METAG
7592* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7593@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7594@ifset MICROBLAZE
7595* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7596@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7597@ifset MIPS
7598* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7599@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7600@ifset MMIX
7601* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7602@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7603@ifset MSP430
7604* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7605@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7606@ifset NDS32
7607* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7608@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7609@ifset NIOSII
7610* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7611@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7612@ifset NS32K
7613* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7614@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7615@ifset PDP11
7616* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7617@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7618@ifset PJ
7619* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7620@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7621@ifset PPC
7622* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7623@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7624@ifset PRU
7625* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7626@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7627@ifset RL78
7628* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7629@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7630@ifset RISCV
7631* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7632@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7633@ifset RX
7634* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7635@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7636@ifset S390
7637* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7638@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7639@ifset SCORE
7640* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7641@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7642@ifset SH
7643* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7644* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7645@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7646@ifset SPARC
7647* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7648@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7649@ifset TIC54X
7650* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7651@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7652@ifset TIC6X
7653* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7654@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7655@ifset TILEGX
7656* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7657@end ifset
7658@ifset TILEPRO
7659* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7660@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7661@ifset V850
7662* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7663@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7664@ifset VAX
7665* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7666@end ifset
7667@ifset VISIUM
7668* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7669@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7670@ifset XGATE
7671* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7672@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7673@ifset XSTORMY16
7674* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7675@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7676@ifset XTENSA
7677* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7678@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7679@ifset Z80
7680* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7681@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7682@ifset Z8000
7683* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7684@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7685@end menu
7686
7687@lowersections
7688@end ifset
7689
7690@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7691@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7692@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7693@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7694@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7695@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7696@c in both conditional blocks.
7697
a06ea964
NC
7698@ifset AARCH64
7699@include c-aarch64.texi
7700@end ifset
7701
625e1353
RH
7702@ifset ALPHA
7703@include c-alpha.texi
7704@end ifset
7705
7706@ifset ARC
7707@include c-arc.texi
7708@end ifset
7709
252b5132
RH
7710@ifset ARM
7711@include c-arm.texi
7712@end ifset
7713
8473f7a4
DC
7714@ifset AVR
7715@include c-avr.texi
7716@end ifset
7717
3b4e1885 7718@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7719@include c-bfin.texi
7720@end ifset
7721
3d3d428f
NC
7722@ifset CR16
7723@include c-cr16.texi
7724@end ifset
7725
328eb32e
HPN
7726@ifset CRIS
7727@include c-cris.texi
7728@end ifset
7729
c2dcd04e 7730@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7731@ifclear GENERIC
7732@node Machine Dependencies
7733@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7734
c2dcd04e 7735The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7736and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7737chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7738family.
7739
7740@menu
c2dcd04e 7741* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7742* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7743@end menu
7744@lowersections
7745@end ifclear
7746@end ifset
7747
7748@ifset D10V
7749@include c-d10v.texi
7750@end ifset
7751
7752@ifset D30V
7753@include c-d30v.texi
7754@end ifset
7755
cfb8c092
NC
7756@ifset EPIPHANY
7757@include c-epiphany.texi
7758@end ifset
7759
252b5132
RH
7760@ifset H8/300
7761@include c-h8300.texi
7762@end ifset
7763
252b5132
RH
7764@ifset HPPA
7765@include c-hppa.texi
7766@end ifset
7767
5b93d8bb
AM
7768@ifset I370
7769@include c-i370.texi
7770@end ifset
7771
252b5132
RH
7772@ifset I80386
7773@include c-i386.texi
7774@end ifset
7775
e3308d0d
JE
7776@ifset I860
7777@include c-i860.texi
7778@end ifset
7779
252b5132
RH
7780@ifset I960
7781@include c-i960.texi
7782@end ifset
7783
9e32ca89
NC
7784@ifset IA64
7785@include c-ia64.texi
7786@end ifset
7787
a40cbfa3
NC
7788@ifset IP2K
7789@include c-ip2k.texi
7790@end ifset
7791
84e94c90
NC
7792@ifset LM32
7793@include c-lm32.texi
7794@end ifset
7795
49f58d10
JB
7796@ifset M32C
7797@include c-m32c.texi
7798@end ifset
7799
ec694b89
NC
7800@ifset M32R
7801@include c-m32r.texi
7802@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7803
7804@ifset M680X0
7805@include c-m68k.texi
7806@end ifset
7807
60bcf0fa
NC
7808@ifset M68HC11
7809@include c-m68hc11.texi
7810@end ifset
7811
a3c62988
NC
7812@ifset METAG
7813@include c-metag.texi
7814@end ifset
7815
01642c12 7816@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7817@include c-microblaze.texi
7818@end ifset
7819
252b5132
RH
7820@ifset MIPS
7821@include c-mips.texi
7822@end ifset
7823
3c3bdf30
NC
7824@ifset MMIX
7825@include c-mmix.texi
7826@end ifset
7827
2469cfa2
NC
7828@ifset MSP430
7829@include c-msp430.texi
7830@end ifset
7831
35c08157
KLC
7832@ifset NDS32
7833@include c-nds32.texi
7834@end ifset
7835
36591ba1
SL
7836@ifset NIOSII
7837@include c-nios2.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
252b5132
RH
7840@ifset NS32K
7841@include c-ns32k.texi
7842@end ifset
7843
e135f41b
NC
7844@ifset PDP11
7845@include c-pdp11.texi
7846@end ifset
7847
041dd5a9
ILT
7848@ifset PJ
7849@include c-pj.texi
7850@end ifset
7851
418c1742
MG
7852@ifset PPC
7853@include c-ppc.texi
7854@end ifset
7855
93f11b16
DD
7856@ifset PRU
7857@include c-pru.texi
7858@end ifset
7859
99c513f6
DD
7860@ifset RL78
7861@include c-rl78.texi
7862@end ifset
7863
4f7eddc4
PD
7864@ifset RISCV
7865@include c-riscv.texi
7866@end ifset
7867
046d31c2
NC
7868@ifset RX
7869@include c-rx.texi
7870@end ifset
7871
11c19e16
MS
7872@ifset S390
7873@include c-s390.texi
7874@end ifset
7875
c0157db4
NC
7876@ifset SCORE
7877@include c-score.texi
7878@end ifset
7879
252b5132
RH
7880@ifset SH
7881@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7882@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7883@end ifset
7884
7885@ifset SPARC
7886@include c-sparc.texi
7887@end ifset
7888
39bec121
TW
7889@ifset TIC54X
7890@include c-tic54x.texi
7891@end ifset
7892
40b36596
JM
7893@ifset TIC6X
7894@include c-tic6x.texi
7895@end ifset
7896
aa137e4d
NC
7897@ifset TILEGX
7898@include c-tilegx.texi
7899@end ifset
7900
7901@ifset TILEPRO
7902@include c-tilepro.texi
7903@end ifset
7904
b6605ddd
EB
7905@ifset V850
7906@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7907@end ifset
7908
7909@ifset VAX
7910@include c-vax.texi
7911@end ifset
7912
b6605ddd
EB
7913@ifset VISIUM
7914@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7915@end ifset
7916
f6c1a2d5
NC
7917@ifset XGATE
7918@include c-xgate.texi
7919@end ifset
7920
6753e72f
NC
7921@ifset XSTORMY16
7922@include c-xstormy16.texi
7923@end ifset
7924
e0001a05
NC
7925@ifset XTENSA
7926@include c-xtensa.texi
7927@end ifset
7928
b6605ddd
EB
7929@ifset Z80
7930@include c-z80.texi
7931@end ifset
7932
7933@ifset Z8000
7934@include c-z8k.texi
7935@end ifset
7936
252b5132
RH
7937@ifset GENERIC
7938@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7939@raisesections
7940@end ifset
7941
7942@node Reporting Bugs
7943@chapter Reporting Bugs
7944@cindex bugs in assembler
7945@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7946
a4fb0134 7947Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7948
7949Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7950not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7951entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7952Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7953
7954In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7955information that enables us to fix the bug.
7956
7957@menu
7958* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7959* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7960@end menu
7961
7962@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7963@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7964@cindex bug criteria
7965
7966If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7967
7968@itemize @bullet
7969@cindex fatal signal
7970@cindex assembler crash
7971@cindex crash of assembler
7972@item
7973If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7974@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7975
7976@cindex error on valid input
7977@item
a4fb0134 7978If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7979
7980@cindex invalid input
7981@item
a4fb0134 7982If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7983is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7984be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7985
7986@item
7987If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7988of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7989@end itemize
7990
7991@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7992@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7993@cindex bug reports
7994@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7995
7996A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7997you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7998contact that organization first.
7999
8000You can find contact information for many support companies and
8001individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8002distribution.
8003
ad22bfe8 8004@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8005In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8006to @value{BUGURL}.
8007@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8008
8009The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8010@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8011fact or leave it out, state it!
8012
8013Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8014and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8015name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8016not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8017happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8018perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8019the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8020give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8021and the most helpful.
8022
8023Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8024it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8025that the bug has not been reported previously.
8026
8027Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8028bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8029respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8030You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8031
8032To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8033
8034@itemize @bullet
8035@item
a4fb0134 8036The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8037it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8038
8039Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8040the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8041
8042@item
a4fb0134 8043Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8044
8045@item
8046The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8047version number.
8048
8049@item
a4fb0134 8050What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8051``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8052
8053@item
8054The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8055observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8056all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8057
8058If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8059and then we might not encounter the bug.
8060
8061@item
8062A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8063the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8064high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8065when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8066the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8067file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8068@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8069
8070@item
8071A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8072incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8073
a4fb0134 8074Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8075will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8076notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8077make a mistake.
8078
8079Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8080explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8081@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8082library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8083would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8084would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8085expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8086observations.
8087
8088@item
a4fb0134 8089If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8090diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8091option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8092discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8093by line number.
8094
8095The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8096sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8097@end itemize
8098
8099Here are some things that are not necessary:
8100
8101@itemize @bullet
8102@item
8103A description of the envelope of the bug.
8104
8105Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8106which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8107changes will not affect it.
8108
8109This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8110will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8111with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8112We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8113
8114Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8115of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8116output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8117less time, and so on.
8118
8119However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8120report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8121
8122@item
8123A patch for the bug.
8124
8125A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8126the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8127a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8128to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8129
a4fb0134 8130Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8131construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8132the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8133one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8134
8135And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8136patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8137help us to understand.
8138
8139@item
8140A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8141
8142Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8143things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8144@end itemize
8145
8146@node Acknowledgements
8147@chapter Acknowledgements
8148
653cfe85 8149If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8150it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8151maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8152@c (October 2012),
8153the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8154
8155Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8156more details?}
8157
8158Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8159information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8160extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8161
8162K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8163many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8164up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8165testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8166including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8167and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8168support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8169port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8170file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8171assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8172
8173Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8174in format-specific I/O modules.
8175
8176The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8177has done much work with it since.
8178
8179The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8180
8181Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8182
8183The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8184University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8185
8186Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8187(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8188(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8189support a.out format.
8190
7be1c489
AM
8191Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8192tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8193Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8194use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8195targets.
8196
8197John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8198simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8199updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8200fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8201remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8202cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8203required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8204
8205Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
820668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8207added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8208PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8209
653cfe85 8210Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8211
8212Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8213
8214Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8215along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8216formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8217the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8218
8219Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8220Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8221Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8222Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8223and some initial 64-bit support).
8224
c1253627 8225Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8226
252b5132
RH
8227Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8228support for openVMS/Alpha.
8229
39bec121
TW
8230Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8231flavors.
8232
e0001a05 8233David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8234Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8235
252b5132
RH
8236Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8237configuration enhancements.
8238
84e94c90
NC
8239Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8240
252b5132
RH
8241Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8242you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8243want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8244intentionally leaving anyone out.
8245
793c5807
NC
8246@node GNU Free Documentation License
8247@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8248@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8249
370b66a1
CD
8250@node AS Index
8251@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8252
8253@printindex cp
8254
252b5132
RH
8255@bye
8256@c Local Variables:
8257@c fill-column: 79
8258@c End:
This page took 1.462989 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.